10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 001-42650

Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Cayman Islands	N/A

| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |

1825 Ponce de Leon Blvd, Suite 260

Coral Gables, FL 33134

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 645-201-8586

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered

| Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-half of one redeemable warrant | RTACU | The Nasdaq Global Market |

| Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, included as part of the units | RTAC | The Nasdaq Global Market |

| Warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 | RTACW | The Nasdaq Global Market |

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well - known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒

NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒

NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐

| Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ |

| | | Emerging growth company | ☒ |

If an emerging growth company, indicate by the check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 (b) of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262 (b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b - 2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☒ NO ☐

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the Registrant, at December 31, 2025, was $267,582,000.

As of March 13, 2026, 24,150,000 Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value and 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, were issued and outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

		Page
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		ii
PART I		1
Item 1.	Business.	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	10
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	56
Item 2.	Properties.	56
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	56
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	56
PART II		57
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	57
ITEM 6.	[RESERVED]	57
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	58
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	62
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	62
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	62
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	62
Item 9B.	Other Information.	62
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.	62
PART III		63
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	63
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	74
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.	75
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	76
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services.	79
PART IV		80
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.	80
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary.	81
SIGNATURES		82

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING

STATEMENTS

Some statements contained in this Annual Report are forward-looking in nature. Our forward-looking statements and risk factors include, but are not limited to, statements and risk factors regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements and risk factors in this Annual Report may include, for example, statements and risk factors about:

●	our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;
●	our ability to complete our initial business combination,<br>which is impacted by various factors;
---	---
●	our expectations around the performance of a prospective target<br>business or businesses or of markets or industries;
---	---
●	our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required<br>in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our directors and officers allocating their time to other<br>businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving or consummating our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete<br>our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our pool of prospective target businesses;
---	---
●	the ability of our directors and officers to generate a number<br>of potential business combination opportunities;
---	---
●	the potential liquidity and trading of our public securities;
---	---
●	the past performance of our directors, executive officers<br>and their affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us;
---	---
●	third parties may not want to engage with us to provide services<br>due to the affiliation of our management team and our board of directors with TMTG and President Donald J. Trump;
---	---
●	Certain members of our management team may have economic incentives<br>that differ from those of public shareholders;
---	---
●	the lack of a market for our securities;
---	---
●	the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available<br>to us from interest income on the trust account balance;
---	---
●	global geopolitical conditions resulting from the ongoing<br>Russia-Ukraine conflict and the recent escalation of conflicts in the Middle East;
---	---
●	the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties;<br>and
---	---
●	our financial performance following our initial public offering.
---	---

The forward-looking statements and risk factors contained in this Annual Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under Item 1A. Risk Factors. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

PART I

References in this AnnualReport to the “Company,” “Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I,” “Renatus,” “New RTAC,”“we,” “us,” or “our” are to Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I, a Cayman Islands exempted company.References to:

●	“Additional Working Capital Loans” are to the loans thatSponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide to us in orderto finance transactions costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, up to $1,500,000 of which may be convertedinto Class A ordinary shares, at the option of Sponsor;
●	“amendedand restated memorandum and articles of association” are to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association ineffect upon the completion of our initial public offering;
---	---
●	“CompaniesAct” are to the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;
---	---
●	“directors”are to our directors;
---	---
●	“Extension Period” are to extensions to theamount of time we will have to complete an initial business combination pursuant to an amendment to our amended and restated memorandumand articles of association as voted by our shareholders. There is no limit on the number of times our shareholders can vote to amendour amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the amount of time we will have to complete an initial businesscombination and any such extension may be for any amount of time;
---	---
●	“foundershares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially purchased by Sponsor, (i) 1,545,376 of which were sold to non-Sponsorinvestors and certain of our directors at an aggregate purchase price of $3,800,032, (ii) 500,000 of which were transferred to our independentdirectors and officers, for their services and (iii) up to 200,000 of which will transferred to certain of our advisors for servicesto us after the completion of the initial public offering and prior to the closing of our initial business combination, and our ClassA ordinary shares that will be issued upon conversion thereof;
---	---
●	“GCAG” are to Global Client Advisory Group, a Cayman Islands exempted company controlledby Eric Swider;
---	---
●	“initial shareholders” are to Sponsor, including any indirect holders of founder shares,through ownership of membership interests in Sponsor, which interests represent an interest in the founder shares, and other holders ofour founder shares prior to the initial public offering, including, but not limited to, our independent directors and the non-Sponsorinvestors;
---	---
●	“Insider Letter Agreement” refersto the letter agreement entered into with Sponsor and our officers and directors, included hereto as Exhibit 10.4;
---	---
●	“IPO Prospectus” refers to our prospectus dated May 13, 2025 relating to our initial public offering.
---	---
●	“management” or our “managementteam” are to our officers and directors;
---	---
●	“non-Sponsor investors” are to certain institutional investors (none of which are affiliated with any member of our management, Sponsor Investors or any other investor) that purchased founder shares from Sponsor and received private placement warrants in a private placement following the initial public offering;
---	---
●	“Non-Sponsor Investors Letter Agreement” refers to the letter agreement entered into witheach of the non-Sponsor investors, included hereto as Exhibit 10.5;
---	---
●	“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;
---	---
●	“permitted withdrawals” means**amounts to be withdrawn from the trust account to pay our franchise and income taxes, provided that all permitted withdrawalscan only be made (x) from interest earned (less up to $100,000 interest to pay dissolution expenses) and not from the principal held inthe trust account and (y) only to the extent such interest is in amount sufficient to cover the permitted withdrawal amount;
---	---

●	“private placement” are to a subscriptionof 5,500,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5,500,000 in the aggregate) by our sponsor in a private placement that closedsimultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;
●	“private placement warrants” are**to the warrants issued to Sponsor and the non-Sponsor investors in a private placement to occur simultaneously with theclosing of the initial public offering, which private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants, subject to certain limitedexceptions described in the IPO Prospectus, including, but not limited to, the number of shares of Class A ordinary shares underlyingeach warrant;
---	---
●	“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our Sponsor, SponsorInvestors, the non-Sponsor investor, and our officers and directors to the extent such persons purchase public shares, provided that eachof their status as a “public shareholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;
---	---
●	“public shares” are to our Class Aordinary shares sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they are purchased in our initial public offering orthereafter in the open market);
---	---
●	“public warrants” are to our warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering(whether they are purchased in the initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);
---	---
●	“Sarasota Global” are to Sarasota Global Enterprises, LLC, a Florida limited liabilitycompany controlled by Devin Nunes;
---	---
●	“Sponsor” are to International SPAC Management Group I LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liabilitycompany, formed by GCAG on July 3, 2024;
---	---
●	“Sponsor Investors” are to Global Client Advisory Group and Sarasota Global;
---	---
●	“warrants” are, collectively, to the public warrants and the private placement warrants;
---	---
●	“warrant agreement” are to our warrant agreement governing the warrants, included heretoas Exhibit 4.4;
---	---
●	“we,” “us,” “company”or “our company” are to Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I, a Cayman Islands exempted company;
---	---
●	“Working Capital Convertible Note” are to the convertible promissory note, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, to be issued to Sponsor simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering in the principal amount of up to $442,500 (or up to $639,375 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), all of which may be converted into Class A ordinary shares at the option of Sponsor; and
---	---
●	“$,” “US$” and “U.S. dollar” are to the United States dollar.
---	---

ITEM 1. Business.

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 2, 2024, formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. The Company has not commenced any operations nor generated any revenues to date. All activity for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering described below, and since the initial public offering to its search for an initial business combination. We are also an emerging growth company and, as such, we are subject to all of the risks associated with emerging growth companies.

Our sponsor is International SPAC Management Group I LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company. On July 30, 2024, our sponsor entered into a subscription agreement with us to purchase 9,583,333 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. On March 13, 2025, the sponsor surrendered for cancellation 3,740,591 founder shares held by it for no consideration. On May 14, 2025 we issued an additional 1,168,548 unissued Class B ordinary shares to the sponsor, resulting in the sponsor owning 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares. Accordingly, the sponsor’s initial investment in us of $25,000 resulted in an effective purchase price of $0.004 per share for the 7,011,288 founder shares the sponsor has purchased.

On May 16, 2025, we consummated the initial public offering of 24,150,000 Units (the “Public Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares and public warrants included in the Public Units, the “Public Shares”, and “Public Warrants”, respectively), including 3,150,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $241,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we completed the private sale of 3,821,591 private placement warrants to the Sponsor and the underwriters at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $3,821,591. The private placement warrants are identical to the Public Warrants sold in the initial public offering. Following the closing of the initial public offering and the private placement, a total of $242,103,750 was placed in the trust account. We incurred $12,213,743 of transaction costs, consisting of $1,207,500 of cash underwriting fee, $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting fee, and $2,553,743 of other offering costs.

Following the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, a total of $242,103,750 was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States, with Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee, and has been invested only in U.S. “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Investment Company Act”), having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, or held as cash, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less income taxes payable), to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that our capital share or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Market Opportunity and Business Strategy

While we may pursue an initial business combination opportunity in any industry or sector (subject to certain limitations described in the IPO Prospectus), we intend to focus on high potential businesses based in the United States with an enterprise valuation between $500,000,000 and $5,000,000,000. To the extent the purchase price for any acquisition to be paid in cash exceeds the net proceeds available to us, we may issue debt or equity to consummate the acquisition. Such additional financing may come in the form of bank financings or preferred equity, common equity or debt offerings or a combination of the foregoing.

Our business strategy is to identify opportunities where a combination of capital, talent and network will improve the customer experience and drive value for all stakeholders. Our business strategy focuses on leveraging our proven management team to execute our business strategy, improve profitability and demonstrate growth across mature and emerging markets.

While we may enter into an initial business combination opportunity with a target business in any industry, there are three primary areas of focus we will concentrate our efforts in:

1.	Cryptocurrency and Blockchain. The cryptocurrency market has evolved into a significant global asset class, with a total market capitalization exceeding $1 trillion, driven by increasing institutional adoption and technological advancements. The global blockchain technology market size was estimated at USD 31.28 billion in 2024 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 90.1% from 2025 to 2030.

	The current administration has taken unprecedented<br> steps to integrate digital assets into the national financial strategy. In January 2025, President Donald Trump issued Executive<br> Order 14178, titled “Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology,” which prohibits the establishment<br> of a central bank digital currency (CBDC) and establishes a group tasked with proposing a federal regulatory framework for digital assets<br> within 180 days. Furthermore, on March 6, 2025, President Trump signed an executive order to create a “strategic bitcoin reserve”<br> by stockpiling cryptocurrency assets seized through law enforcement. The move, aimed at benefiting the digital assets industry, directs<br> federal agencies to hold onto Bitcoin and develop budget-neutral strategies to acquire more, with no cost to taxpayers.<br><br><br><br><br><br>Our team brings extensive experience in digital<br> assets, blockchain infrastructure, and regulatory and policy matters affecting the sector. With backgrounds spanning finance, technology,<br> and public policy, our leadership has been at the forefront of navigating the intersection of crypto innovation and government oversight.<br> This expertise positions us well to identify and capitalize on opportunities within the evolving digital asset ecosystem, leveraging strategic<br> insights, industry relationships, and a forward-thinking approach to drive value creation.
2.	Data Security. Traditionally data security<br>has been nothing more than a buzzword. Major U.S. enterprises and government entities have struggled to find effective solutions to counter<br>data breaches. As the world becomes more connected, data has become much more ubiquitous, exposing much more than just sensitive data<br>to these attacks. Americans are constantly bombarded with notices of data breach violations on an ever-increasing scale. This has led<br>to a seismic shift in how society views data privacy as we have capitulated and ceded a once sacred right to privacy.<br><br><br><br><br><br>After major attacks on infrastructure, such as<br>the Colonial Pipeline attack, governments and enterprises have realized that data security is no longer something that can be placated<br>through public relations efforts. Over the next decade, an estimated $3 trillion USD is expected to be spent on data security and<br>systems hardening. We believe that number could be materially higher. We also believe the solutions will come from emerging technologies<br>that will challenge the narrative of the large corporations that are currently hiding behind a façade of big-name security as society<br>is continuously paying the price for their failures.<br><br><br><br><br><br>The need to protect critical infrastructure, financial systems and<br>military applications is outpacing the desire for corporations to shirk meaningful investment in exchange for profit margins and the ability<br>to hide behind well-established failures and broken promises of the “trusted solutions.” The cost of attacks on critical infrastructure<br>and similar systems simply outweighs the savings from ignoring the issue. This will potentially lead to opportunities in cutting edge<br>technologies focused on real solutions.

The current administration has taken unprecedented steps to integrate digital assets into the national financial strategy. In January 2025, President Donald Trump issued Executive Order 14178, titled “Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology,” which prohibits the establishment of a central bank digital currency (CBDC) and establishes a group tasked with proposing a federal regulatory framework for digital assets within 180 days. Furthermore, on March 6, 2025, President Trump signed an executive order to create a “strategic bitcoin reserve” by stockpiling cryptocurrency assets seized through law enforcement. The move, aimed at benefiting the digital assets industry, directs federal agencies to hold onto Bitcoin and develop budget-neutral strategies to acquire more, with no cost to taxpayers. Our team brings extensive experience in digital assets, blockchain infrastructure, and regulatory and policy matters affecting the sector. With backgrounds spanning finance, technology, and public policy, our leadership has been at the forefront of navigating the intersection of crypto innovation and government oversight. This expertise positions us well to identify and capitalize on opportunities within the evolving digital asset ecosystem, leveraging strategic insights, industry relationships, and a forward-thinking approach to drive value creation.

Data Security. Traditionally data security has been nothing more than a buzzword. Major U.S. enterprises and government entities have struggled to find effective solutions to counter data breaches. As the world becomes more connected, data has become much more ubiquitous, exposing much more than just sensitive data to these attacks. Americans are constantly bombarded with notices of data breach violations on an ever-increasing scale. This has led to a seismic shift in how society views data privacy as we have capitulated and ceded a once sacred right to privacy. After major attacks on infrastructure, such as the Colonial Pipeline attack, governments and enterprises have realized that data security is no longer something that can be placated through public relations efforts. Over the next decade, an estimated $3 trillion USD is expected to be spent on data security and systems hardening. We believe that number could be materially higher. We also believe the solutions will come from emerging technologies that will challenge the narrative of the large corporations that are currently hiding behind a façade of big-name security as society is continuously paying the price for their failures. The need to protect critical infrastructure, financial systems and military applications is outpacing the desire for corporations to shirk meaningful investment in exchange for profit margins and the ability to hide behind well-established failures and broken promises of the “trusted solutions.” The cost of attacks on critical infrastructure and similar systems simply outweighs the savings from ignoring the issue. This will potentially lead to opportunities in cutting edge technologies focused on real solutions.

Our management team has an extensive network of relationships that supports our capability to partner with public and private companies, as well as with large financial sponsors. This network includes senior executives, investment bankers, private equity funds, venture capital firms, various investment professionals and owners of private businesses.

Our independent board members have been selected for their extensive sector and geographic expertise, operating experience, access to proprietary deal flow, strong relationships with government and business leaders and entrepreneurs and their ability to source attractive targets and assist us in implementing our business combination strategy. They have significant experience in senior government roles and have held senior leadership positions with companies where they have a strong track record of creating shareholder value, organically and through transformational acquisitions or corporate restructurings, as well as extensive relationships with owners and operators of companies within their respective industries.

We believe that the networks and experience of our management team and independent board members provide us with specific competitive advantages over other blank check companies in sourcing attractive targets for the following reasons:

First-class leadership team fueled by the

combination of proven management team and Board of Directors.

Our leadership team has extensive expertise across the target regions and sectors, with private and public board experience as well as a proven track record of generating value for investors across macroeconomic and industry cycles.

Diverse global network drives sourcing of

attractive opportunities.

Our leadership team has a broad network of relationships in both the public and private sectors, with access to both mature (U.S. and Europe) and emerging markets (Asia, Latin America and Africa), which we believe will provide us with a range of attractive potential business combinations.

Proven track record of deploying technology

in regulated businesses.

Our management team has substantial experience in managing change and leveraging technology to drive improved business performance across a broad range of sectors, including media, data, banking, logistics, wealth/asset management and real estate. Their experience covers a diverse range of technology strategies, including both in-house development and joint-venture creation, and have a track-record of successfully deploying these strategies in the past.

Demonstrated track-record of attracting

talent and business scale-up.

Our experienced leadership team has experience fostering a company culture which both attracts and retains talent. Our team has a strong track record of achieving sustained business growth as well as significant value creation for investors, with experience in leadership roles at prominent companies.

Extensive experience of disciplined M&A.

Our management team and independent board members have significant background in executing competitive, sizeable and complex transactions. The rigorous and disciplined criteria we intend to use to assess potential acquisitions derives from our leadership team’s collective industry experience across a range of leading companies, which has provided them with a deep understanding of the market as well as expertise in scaling businesses.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess several competitive strengths to successfully source, evaluate and execute an initial business combination. We believe that the background, operating history and experience of our management team provides us not only with access to a broad spectrum of investment opportunities, but also with the ability to significantly improve upon the operational and financial performance of a target business. Members of our management team have previously successfully funded a SPAC and subsequently completed an initial business combination with a high-quality target.

Business Combination Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating business combination opportunities, although we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. Qualities we look for in identifying target businesses include but are not limited to the following:

Large addressable market underpinning long-term

growth prospects.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses with significant runway to capture market share in a large addressable market, with attractive long-term growth prospects, favorable secular trends and superior unit economics that can be further enhanced through diverse revenue drivers. We evaluate companies with significant potential to grow both organically and through strategic mergers and acquisitions.

Business with significant revenue and earnings

growth potential.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses with a leading market position in an attractive industry. We believe scale and technological differentiation can provide a basis for superior competitive performance relative to industry peers. Our team’s deep understanding of various industries as well as our experience in managing businesses and achieving sustainable growth is unparalleled when compared to other sources of equity and growth capital.

Management team with a focus on generating

profitable, long-term growth and operating free cash flow.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses with a management team that is focused on driving shareholder value through not only increasing revenues but by also demonstrating the ability to control operating costs and delivering positive free cash flow in the future.

Distinct business strengths driving competitive

differentiation and attractive unit economics.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses that has long-term, sustainable competitive differentiation coupled with superior unit economics. We are focused on companies with strong business models and favorable sector tailwinds which we believe can lead to durable and profitable growth.

Scalable operations.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses that will be able to significantly scale its operations to take advantage of its opportunities. We intend to leverage our management team’s experience in scaling businesses in order to help accelerate growth.

Uncorrelated returns with minimal cyclicality

risk.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses with limited susceptibility to cyclical risk and shifts in the macroeconomic environment.

Reputable management team with well-defined

vision and credible track record.

We seek to acquire one or more businesses with a professional management team which has a clear and compelling vision for the company, with skills that complement the expertise of our founders and whose interests are aligned with those of our investors. Where necessary, we also look to complement and enhance the capabilities of the target business’ management team by recruiting additional talent through our deep network of contacts.

These criteria and guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria and guidelines in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the SEC. In addition to any potential business candidates we may identify on our own, we anticipate that other target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity funds, and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

Because there are numerous special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. Thus, our ability to identify and evaluate a target company may be impacted by significant competition among other special purpose acquisition companies in pursuing business combination transaction candidates and significant competition may impact the attractiveness of the acquisition terms that we will be able to negotiate.

Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following the initial public offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the initial public offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, other securities issuances, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a meeting of our shareholders called to approve the business combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive an ordinary resolution under the law of the Cayman Islands and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we have until 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering to consummate an initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months, we may, by resolution of our board of directors, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination in two three-month increments (for a total of 30 months) after the closing of the initial public offering by depositing into the trust account, for each three-month extension, $1,750,000, or up to $2,012,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full (representing $0.10 per unit of the total units sold in the initial public offering). Our shareholders, in connection with any such extension, will not be offered the opportunity to vote on such extension or redeem their shares. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account and as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless.

The Nasdaq listing rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and Permitted Withdrawals on the interest income earned on the funds held in the trust account). We refer to this as the 80% fair market value test. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination, although there is no assurance that will be the case. In addition, pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity securities of a target business or issue a substantial number of new shares to third parties in connection with financing our initial business combination. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test. If our initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% fair market value test.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, which must include a majority of our independent directors, to approve our initial business combination (or such other vote as the applicable law or stock exchange rules then in effect may require).

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following the initial public offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. In addition, because we intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy redemptions by public shareholders, we may need to obtain additional financing, through the issuance of additional securities or the incurrence of debt, to complete our initial business combination. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our founder shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to any forward purchase agreements, backstop or similar agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the initial public offering or otherwise. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 1825 Ponce de Leon Blvd, Suite 260, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, and our telephone number is 645-201-8586. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have three officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters, but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period to our company will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Item 1A. Risk

Factors.

An investment in our securitiesinvolves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information containedin this Annual Report and IPO Prospectus. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating resultsmay be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or partof your investment.

Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability

to Consummate, a Business Combination and Post-Business Combination Risks

Our public shareholders may not be afforded

an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange rules or if we decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, Nasdaq listing rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a general meeting, but would still require us to obtain shareholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares, we would seek shareholder approval of such business combination. However, except as required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we consummate.

If

we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our Sponsor, our directors and officers and the non-Sponsor investors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial shareholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination, Sponsor, our directors and officers and the non-Sponsor Investors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will be required to agree), pursuant to the terms of the Insider Letter Agreement and the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement entered into with us, as applicable, to vote the founder shares and any public shares directly or indirectly held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to the founder shares that our initial shareholders directly or indirectly own, we would need 8,569,356 additional shares, or 35.48%, or only one additional share (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 24,150,000 public shares sold in the initial public offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have such initial business combination approved. We expect that Sponsor, our directors and officers, the non-Sponsor Investors and their permitted transferees will own at least 22.5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment

decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of such business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Additionally, since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

We do not have a minimum net tangible asset requirement.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not contain a minimum net tangible asset requirement. Such a requirement can serve to ensure that our securities are not determined to be “penny stock” under Rule 3a-51 of the Exchange Act. Whether or not our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contains a net tangible assets requirement, if our securities are deemed to be “penny stock,” we will become subject to Rule 419 of the Securities Act. In the event that our securities are delisted from Nasdaq, our securities could be determined to be “penny stock” under Rule 3a-51 of the Exchange Act and we would be required to comply with the requirements of Rule 419 of the Securities Act. Being subject to the requirements of Rule 419 would make us less attractive to potential business combination targets and thereby adversely affect our ability to complete an initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to

redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will be based on the percentage of funds remaining in the trust account after redemptions of public shares and will be released to the underwriters only upon the completion of an initial business combination. If we are able to consummate an initial business combination, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay and the payment of the corresponding deferred underwriting commissions. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would not allow us to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to

exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares and the amount of deferred underwriting commissions may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure, and may substantially dilute your investment in us.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the Class B ordinary shares results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holders thereof. In addition, the amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will be based on the percentage of funds remaining in the trust account after redemptions of public shares and will be released to the underwriters only upon the completion of an initial business combination. The per share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the corresponding deferred underwriting commissions. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

In addition, raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure and may result in substantial dilution from your purchase of our Class A ordinary shares. The effect of this dilution will be greater for shareholders who do not redeem. We may not be able to generate sufficient value from the completion of our initial business combination in order to overcome the dilutive impact of these and other factors, and, accordingly, you may incur a net loss on your investment.

The ability of our public shareholders to

exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful increases. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate the trust account or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial

business combination within the prescribed time frame or during any Extension Period may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the end of such time period. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial

business combination within the prescribed time frame or during any Extension Period, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may receive only $10.025 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, or such later time as may be agreed by our shareholders. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. For example, geopolitical instability emanating from the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine as well as the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, could limit our ability to complete our initial business combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, geopolitical instability may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the 24-month period (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), we may seek an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the period of time we have to complete an initial business combination beyond 30 months. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning that such an amendment must be approved by at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. If we seek shareholder approval to extend the initial 24-month period (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) in which to complete an initial business combination to a later date, we will offer our public shareholders the right to have their public ordinary shares redeemed for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account.

If we have not completed our initial business combination within such 24-month period (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of Permitted Withdrawals), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholder’s rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.025 per share, or less than $10.025 per share, on the redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our search for an initial business combination,

and any target business with which we may ultimately consummate an initial business combination, may be materially adversely affected by events that are outside of our control, such as increased geopolitical unrest, pandemic outbreaks (such as COVID-19), and volatility in the debt and equity markets.

Our ability to find a potential target business and the business of any potential business with which we may consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected by events that are outside of our control. For example, the United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the geopolitical instability resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East. In response to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine and to Israel, increasing geopolitical tensions among a number of nations. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Israel and its neighboring states and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing conflicts are highly unpredictable, they could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions and increased cyber-attacks against U.S. companies. Additionally, any resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.

Similarly other events outside of our control, including natural disasters, climate-related events pandemic or health crises (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) may arise from time to time, any such events may cause significant volatility and declines in the global markets, disproportionate impacts to certain industries or sectors, disruptions to commerce (including to economic activity, travel and supply chain), loss of life and property damage, and may adversely affect the global economy or capital markets, and the business of any potential target business with which we may ultimately consummate a business combination and could be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by these and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity in third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable or at all.

Military or other conflicts in Ukraine,

the Middle East or elsewhere may lead to increased volume and price volatility for publicly traded securities, or affect the operations or financial condition of potential target companies, which could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Military or other conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East or elsewhere may lead to increased volume and price volatility for publicly traded securities, or affect the operations or financial condition of potential target companies, and to other company or industry-specific, national, regional or international economic disruptions and economic uncertainty, any of which could make it more difficult for us to identify a business combination target and consummate an initial business combination on acceptable commercial terms, or at all.

Recent increases in inflation in the United

States and elsewhere could make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

Recent increases in inflation in the United Stated and elsewhere may be leading to increased price volatility in publicly traded securities, including ours, and may lead to other national, regional and international economic disruptions, any of which could make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

Changes in the market for directors and

officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

In recent years, the market for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. The premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors.

If

we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may increase the likelihood of closing our initial business combination and reduce the public “float” of our securities.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Any such price per share may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.

Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material non-public information), Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates are under no obligation or duty to do so and they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions.

The purpose of such transactions could be to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. To the extent such securities are purchased, such public securities will not be voted as required by Tender Offers and Schedules Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations Question 166.01 promulgated by the SEC.

Additionally, in the event Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or warrants from public shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

We may not be able to complete an initial

business combination since such initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirement, including foreign investment regulations and review by government entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or may be ultimately prohibited.

Our initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements by governmental entities, or ultimately prohibited. For example, CFIUS has authority to review direct or indirect foreign investments in U.S. companies. Among other things, CFIUS is empowered to require certain foreign investors to make mandatory filings, to charge filing fees related to such filings, and to self-initiate national security reviews of foreign direct and indirect investments in U.S. companies if the parties to that investment choose not to file voluntarily. In the case that CFIUS determines an investment to be a threat to national security, CFIUS has the power to unwind or place restrictions on the investment. Whether CFIUS has jurisdiction to review an acquisition or investment transaction depends on—among other factors—the nature and structure of the transaction, including the level of beneficial ownership interest and the nature of any information or governance rights involved. For example, investments that result in “control” of a U.S. business by foreign person always are subject to CFIUS jurisdiction. CFIUS’s expanded jurisdiction under the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 and implementing regulations that became effective on February 13, 2020 further includes investments that do not result in control of a U.S. business by a foreign person but afford certain foreign investors certain information or governance rights in a U.S. business that has a nexus to “critical technologies,” “critical infrastructure” and/or “sensitive personal data.”

If a particular proposed initial business combination with a U.S. business falls within CFIUS’s jurisdiction, we may determine that we are required to make a mandatory filing or that we will submit to CFIUS review on a voluntary basis, or to proceed with the transaction without submitting to CFIUS and risk CFIUS intervention, before or after closing the transaction. CFIUS may decide to block or delay our proposed initial business combination, impose conditions with respect to such initial business combination or request the President of the United States to order us to divest all or a portion of the U.S. target business of our initial business combination that we acquired without first obtaining CFIUS approval, which may limit the attractiveness of, delay or prevent us from pursuing certain target companies that we believe would otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited and we may be adversely affected in terms of competing with other special purpose acquisition companies which do not have similar foreign ownership issues. In addition, certain federally licensed businesses may be subject to rules or regulations that limit foreign ownership.

The process of government review, whether by CFIUS or otherwise, could be lengthy. Because we have only a limited time to complete our initial business combination, our failure to obtain any required approvals within the requisite time period may require us to liquidate. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period required under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, including as a result of extended regulatory review of a potential initial business combination, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account and as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, our shareholders will miss the opportunity to benefit from an investment in a target company and the appreciation in value of such investment. Additionally, our warrants will be worthless.

Because of our limited resources and the

significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination within the required time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess similar or greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge in comparison to us, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

As the number of SPACs evaluating targets

increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets or such attractive targets may not be interested to consummate a business combination with a SPAC due to a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

If

the funds not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.

We believe that, upon the closing of the initial public offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of the initial public

offering, the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account and the loans made available to us under the Working Capital Convertible Note are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we may depend on additional capital from Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, members of our management team, any of their affiliates, or third parties to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only approximately $725,625, as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option, will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In addition, upon the completion of the initial public offering, we issued Sponsor a Working Capital Convertible Note in the principal amount of up to $639,375, as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option), which we may draw down in our sole discretion, from time to time, to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,265,000 (excluding underwriting commissions), we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,265,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek additional capital through Additional Working Capital Loans or additional investments from Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, members of our management team, any of their affiliates, or other third parties, to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Other than the loan made available to us under the Working Capital Convertible Note, neither Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to loan funds to, or otherwise invest in, us in such circumstances. Any such loans may be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Working Capital Convertible Note exposes

us to counterparty risk.

Our Working Capital Convertible Note exposes us to counterparty risk, which is the uncertainty of whether a counterparty will honor its obligation under the terms of a loan or contract. While we believe Sponsor will honor its obligation to provide us loans under the Working Capital Convertible Note were we to request a draw down, we are exposed to the risk that Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to draw down upon receiving our request. Although we may seek to enforce Sponsor’s obligations under the Working Capital Convertible Note, we may ultimately be unable to do so.

If such funds are not available and we are not otherwise able to obtain additional funding, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial

business combination, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present in connection with a particular target business that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The securities in which we invest the funds

held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.025 per share.

The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested or held only in either (i) U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, (ii) as uninvested cash, or (iii) an interest bearing bank demand deposit account or other accounts at a bank. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (and will no later than 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in the recent past. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial business combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income, net of Permitted Withdrawals (less, in the case we are unable to complete our initial business combination, $100,000 of interest). Negative interest rates could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.025 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in

the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or insolvency laws as a voidable performance. As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in

the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable insolvency law, and may be included in our liquidation estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any liquidation claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

Adverse developments affecting the financial

services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or our prospects.

The funds in our operating account and our trust account will be held in banks or other financial institutions and will be invested or held only in either (i) U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, (ii) as uninvested cash, or (iii) an interest bearing bank demand deposit account or other accounts at a bank. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (and will no later than 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account. Our cash held in non-interest bearing and interest-bearing accounts may exceed any applicable Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. Should events, including limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments occur with respect to the banks or other financial institutions that hold our funds, or that affect financial institutions or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, the value of the assets in our trust account could be impaired, which could have a material impact on our operating results, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. For example, on March 10, 2023, the FDIC announced that Silicon Valley Bank had been closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation. We cannot guarantee that the banks or other financial institutions that will hold our funds will not experience similar issues.

If we are deemed to be an investment company

under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may have to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Our activities may be restricted, including:

●	restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
●	restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which<br>may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination
---	---

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

●	registration as an investment company; and
●	adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
---	---
●	reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements<br>and other rules and regulations.
---	---

On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted a series of new rules relating to SPACs. The SEC’s adopted rules do not provide a safe harbor for SPACs from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Instead, the SEC’s adopting release provided guidance describing circumstances in which a SPAC could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, including as a result of its duration, asset composition, business purpose, and the activities of the SPAC and its management team in furtherance of such goals. Whether a SPAC is an investment company will be a question of facts and circumstances. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company. However, we can give no assurance that a claim will not be made that we have been operating as an unregistered investment company.

In addition, if we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may have to change or wind down our operations. In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete an initial business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account will be invested or held only in either (i) U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, (ii) as uninvested cash, or (iii) an interest bearing bank demand deposit account or other accounts at a bank. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (and will no later than 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account.

Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The initial public offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to offer redemption rights in connection with any proposed initial business combination or certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior thereto or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window; or (B) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within the completion window, from the closing of the initial public offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares.

Further, under the subjective test of an “investment company” pursuant to Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, even if the funds deposited in the trust account were invested in the assets discussed above, there is a risk that we could be deemed an investment company and subject to the Investment Company Act based on the length of time such funds are invested in such assets.

We are aware of litigation against certain special purpose acquisition companies asserting that notwithstanding the foregoing, those special purpose acquisition companies should be considered investment companies. We cannot guarantee that we will not be deemed to be an investment company and thus subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds, may require us to otherwise change our operations and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or may result in our liquidation and the winding up of our operations. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination and are required to liquidate, our public shareholders would lose their opportunity to invest in a target business or businesses through our initial business combination, including any price appreciation of the combined company’s securities following such initial business combination, and may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account as well as our warrants will expire worthless.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will

not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to our initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have any say in the management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

Because we are not limited to a particular

industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company of any size (subject to our satisfaction of the 80% of net assets test) and in any industry, sector or geography. While we may pursue an initial business combination opportunity in any industry or sector, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify and acquire a business or businesses that can benefit from our management team’s established global relationships and operating experience. Our management team has extensive experience in identifying and executing strategic investments globally and has done so successfully in a number of sectors. However, we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or development stage entity. In recent years, a number of target businesses have underperformed financially post-business combination. There are no assurances that the target business with which we consummate our initial business combination will perform as anticipated. Although our directors and officers will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek business combination opportunities

with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We may seek business combination opportunities

in industries or sectors that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in the initial public offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue a business combination outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to ascertain or assess adequately all of the relevant risk factors. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria

and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with

an early-stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early-stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our directors and officers will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion

from an independent investment banking firm or from a valuation or appraisal firm. Consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from a valuation or appraisal firm that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching

business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may have limited ability to assess the

management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information.

Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we expected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value, unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

We may issue notes or other debt securities,

or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following the initial public offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account.

Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

●	default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues<br>after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
●	acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness<br>even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial<br>ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
---	---
●	our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest,<br>if any, if the debt is payable on demand;
---	---
●	our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if<br>the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;
---	---
●	our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;
---	---
●	using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal<br>and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures,<br>acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
---	---

●	limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry<br>in which we operate;
●	increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and<br>adverse changes in government regulation; and
---	---
●	limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions,<br>debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less<br>debt.
---	---

We

may be able to complete only one business combination with the proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The Company consummated the initial public offering of 24,150,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $241,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the private sale of 3,821,591 private placement warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $3,821,591. Transaction costs amounted to $12,213,743, consisting of $1,207,500 of cash underwriting fee, $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting fee, and $2,553,743 of other offering costs.

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry.

Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

●	solely dependent upon the performance of a single business,<br>property or asset; or
●	dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single<br>or limited number of products, processes or services.
---	---

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete

business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business

combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we expected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we expected, if at all.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption

threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold. Accordingly, subject to any requirement in our initial business combination agreement for a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business

combination, blank check companies have, in the past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law. A resolution is deemed to be a special resolution as a matter of Cayman Islands law where it has been approved by either (i) holders of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s ordinary shares at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that special resolutions must be approved either by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting (i.e. the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law) (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. Our shareholders can vote at any time to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the amount of time we will have to complete an initial business combination and there is no limit on the number of times our shareholders can vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the amount of time we will have to complete an initial business combination and any such extension may be for any amount of time. If we seek shareholder approval to extend the initial 24-month period (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) in which to complete an initial business combination to a later date, we will offer our public shareholders the right to have their public ordinary shares redeemed for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account.

The warrant agreement provides that (a) the terms of the public warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the public warrants and the warrant agreement, or defective provision (ii) removing or reducing the Company’s ability to redeem the public warrants and, if applicable, a corresponding amendment to the Company’s ability to redeem the private placement warrants or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the public warrants under the warrant agreement in any material respect, (b) the terms of the warrants may be amended with the vote or written consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and the private placement warrants, voting together as a single class, to allow for the warrants to be, or continue to be, as applicable, classified as equity in our financial statements and (c) all other modifications or amendments to our warrant agreement with respect to (i) the public warrants require the vote or written consent of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants, and (ii) the private placement warrants require the vote or written consent of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding private placement warrants. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments, including the warrant agreement, or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated

memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of private placement warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances), may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting at a general meeting). Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 22.5% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of the initial public offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in the initial public offering), may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial business combination with which you do not agree. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing

to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate.

In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our directors, officers or shareholders are required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, which may only be approximately $10.025 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial business combination and our

structure thereafter may not be tax-efficient to our shareholders and warrant holders. As a result of our business combination, our tax obligations may be more complex, burdensome and uncertain.

Although we will attempt to structure our initial business combination in a tax-efficient manner, tax structuring considerations are complex, the relevant facts and law are uncertain and may change, and we may prioritize commercial and other considerations over tax considerations. For example, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to any requisite shareholder approval, we may structure our business combination in a manner that requires shareholders and/or warrant holders to recognize gain or income for tax purposes, effect a business combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, or reincorporate in a different jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay taxes in connection with our business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, a shareholder or a warrant holder may need to satisfy any liability resulting from our initial business combination with cash from its own funds or by selling all or a portion of the shares or warrants received. In addition, shareholders and warrant holders may also be subject to additional income, withholding or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after our initial business combination.

In addition, we may effect a business combination with a target company that has business operations outside of the United States, and possibly, business operations in multiple jurisdictions. If we effect such a business combination, we could be subject to significant income, withholding and other tax obligations in a number of jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Due to the complexity of tax obligations and filings in other jurisdictions, we may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxing authorities. This additional complexity and risk could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition.

Because we must furnish our shareholders

with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2025. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.

After our initial business combination,

our results of operations and prospects could be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political, social and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

In the event that New RTAC fails to satisfy

any of the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq may reject our application to list on Nasdaq, and the parties may waive the closing condition in the Business Combination Agreement that ordinary shares of New RTAC be listed on Nasdaq at the closing of the Business Combination.

Following the initial business combination, we intend that the ordinary shares and public warrants of New RTAC will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. To list these securities on the Nasdaq Global Market, New RTAC will be required to comply with the Nasdaq initial listing requirements, including the minimum market capitalization standard, the corporate governance requirements and the minimum closing bid price requirement, among other requirements. In the event that New RTAC fails to satisfy any of the listing requirements, Nasdaq may reject New RTAC’s application to list its securities on Nasdaq. Though the listing of New RTAC’s ordinary shares on Nasdaq is a condition to the closing of the initial business combination, the parties may waive such closing condition and proceed to close the initial business combination, in which case the New RTAC’s ordinary shares will likely instead be quoted on the OTC Markets. If the New RTAC’s ordinary shares are not listed on Nasdaq, it is likely to be more difficult to trade in or obtain accurate quotations as to the market price of the New RTAC’s ordinary shares. As a result, New RTAC could face significant adverse consequences.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

We may issue our shares to investors in

connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.025 per share or at a price which approximates the per-share amounts in our trust account at such time. While these arrangements result in costs particular to the de-SPAC process that would not be anticipated in a traditional IPO, the purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. Such PIPE transactions, if any, would ensure a return on investment to PIPE investors in return for funds facilitating our and our sponsor’s completion of the business combination, as well as providing sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice

of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for submitting or tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or submit public shares for redemption. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the tender or proxy materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests

in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders are entitled to receive funds from the trust account (except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released for Permitted Withdrawals) only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-initial business combination activity; and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances does a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. Holders of warrants do not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading

on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and public warrants are listed on Nasdaq. Although after giving effect to the initial public offering we expect to meet, the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. In general, we must maintain a minimum market value of listed securities (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 400 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, unless we decide to list on a different Nasdaq tier such as the Nasdaq Capital Market which has different initial listing requirements, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our shareholder’s equity would generally be required to be at least $15.0 million, and we would be required to have a minimum of 400 round lot holders of our unrestricted securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

●	a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
●	reduced liquidity for our securities;
---	---
●	a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny<br>stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result<br>in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
---	---
●	a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
---	---
●	a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
---	---

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units, our Class A ordinary shares and public warrants are listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A ordinary shares and public warrants qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum

and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include three-year director terms and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, and the fact that prior to the completion of our initial business combination only holders of our Class B ordinary shares, which have been issued to our initial shareholders, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Cayman Islands law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

An

investment in us may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in us may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the Class A ordinary share and the one-half of one public warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share included in each unit could be challenged by the IRS or courts. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a cashless exercise of warrants included in the units are unclear under current law, and the adjustment to the exercise price and/or redemption price of the warrants could give rise to a dividend income to investors without a corresponding payment of cash. Finally, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our Class A ordinary shares suspend the running of a U.S. Holder’s holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of Class A ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when acquiring, owning or disposing of our securities.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial

business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you may lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the initial public offering without our prior written consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholder’s ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against or abstain from voting on our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If third parties bring claims against us,

the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.025 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. The underwriters will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.025 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors.

Sponsor is liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.025 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of interest which may be withdrawn for Permitted Withdrawals, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, if an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy their respective indemnity obligations and believe that Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked Sponsor to reserve for such obligations, and therefore, no funds are currently set aside to cover any such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.025 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our directors or officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our

directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.025 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of interest which may be withdrawn for Permitted Withdrawals, and Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.025 per share.

If

we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months or any such Extension Period before redemption from our trust account.

If we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of Permitted Withdrawals), pro rata to our public shareholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account shall be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to windup, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond the initial 24 months (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or any Extension Period before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial business combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and then only in cases where investors have properly sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior thereto.

Our shareholders may be held liable for

claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of up to approximately $18,300 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary

shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any public warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the public warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the public warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the public warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such public warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such public warrant and such public warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their public warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units.

However, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating thereto until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis. However, no public warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their public warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Additionally, if, at the time that a public warrant is exercised, our Class A ordinary shares are not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our private placement warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the public warrants included as part of units sold in the initial public offering. In such an instance, Sponsor and its respective permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their warrants and sell the ordinary shares underlying their warrants, while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying ordinary shares. If and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the public warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.

The grant of registration rights to our

initial shareholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

At or after the time of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the founder shares directly or indirectly held by them after those shares convert to our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, Sponsor, and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the private placement warrants and Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register the resale of such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants.

We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees, private placement warrants or warrants issued in connection with working capital loans are registered for resale.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary

shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 undesignated preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2025, there are 159,953,409 and 12,988,712 authorized by unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants, but does not take into account the shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. Immediately after the initial public offering, there will be no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares, and may issue preference shares, in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preference shares:

●	may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors<br>in the initial public offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted<br>in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;
●	may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if<br>preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;
---	---
●	could cause a change of control if a substantial number of<br>our ordinary shares is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any,<br>and could result in the resignation or removal of our present directors and officers;
---	---
●	may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of<br>control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;
---	---
●	may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units,<br>ordinary shares and/or public warrants; and
---	---
●	may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our<br>warrants
---	---

Holders of our founder shares control the

appointment of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 22.5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In addition, prior to our initial business combination, holders of the founder shares have the right to appoint all of our directors and may remove members of the board of directors for any reason. Holders of our public shares have no right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting. As a result, you do not have any influence over the appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination.

Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our directors or officers, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as described herein. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial shareholders purchase any Class A ordinary shares in the initial public offering or in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence over these actions.

In addition, our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and Sponsor Investors, because of its ownership position and control of Sponsor, will control the outcome, as only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and to remove directors prior to our initial business combination.

Accordingly, holders of our founder shares will exert significant influence over actions requiring a shareholder vote at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in

a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants.

Our public warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that (a) the terms of the public warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the public warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the IPO Prospectus, or defective provision (ii) removing or reducing the Company’s ability to redeem the public warrants and, if applicable, a corresponding amendment to the Company’s ability to redeem the private placement warrants or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the public warrants under the warrant agreement in any material respect, (b) the terms of the warrants may be amended with the vote or written consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and private placement warrants, voting together as a single class, to allow for the warrants to be or continue to be, as applicable, classified as equity in our financial statements and (c) all other modifications or amendments to our warrant agreement with respect to (i) the public warrants require the vote or written consent of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and (ii) the private placement warrants require the vote or written consent of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding private placement warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder of public warrants if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our

warrant agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. With respect to any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, we note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may redeem your unexpired public warrants

prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your public warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per public warrant if, among other things, the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a public warrant) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. If and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. We will not redeem the public warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period or we have elected to require the exercise of the warrants on a cashless basis. As a result, we may redeem the public warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the public warrants. Redemption of the issued and outstanding public warrants could force you to: (i) exercise your public warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (ii) sell your public warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your public warrants; or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding public warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your public warrants.

Our management’s ability to require

holders of our public warrants to exercise such public warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the public warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their public warrants for cash.

If we call our public warrants for redemption, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its public warrants (including any public warrants held by Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our officers, directors or their permitted transferees) to do so on a cashless basis. If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised their public warrants for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in us.

Our warrants and founder shares may have

an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued public warrants to purchase 12,075,000 Class A ordinary shares, including those pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment, at a price of $11.50 per whole share (subject to adjustment as provided herein), as part of the units offered by the IPO Prospectus and, simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 3,821,591 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Prior to the initial public offering, our initial shareholders held 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares (914,514 of which were subject to forfeiture by Sponsor as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option). The Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. Further, upon the completion of the initial public offering, we issued Sponsor a Working Capital Convertible Note in the principal amount of up to $639,375 (accounting for the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), which permitted us to draw down in our sole discretion, from time to time, to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Any principal amount outstanding under the Working Capital Convertible Note may be converted into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i)_$8.00 and (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of Sponsor. In addition, if either of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers make any Additional Working Capital Loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans for each such person may be converted into Class A ordinary shares of the post-business combination entity, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 per share and (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of the lender. Any shares issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Convertible Note or the Additional Working Capital Loans would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the units of the initial public offering. To the extent we issue Class A ordinary shares to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants, conversion of Working Capital Convertible Note or Additional Working Capital Loans or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants, outstanding loans and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants sold as part of the units in the initial public offering except that: (i) they will not be redeemable by us; (ii) they (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination; (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis, (iv) they (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) are entitled to registration rights, and (v) each warrant is exercisable into one whole Class A Ordinary Shares.

Because each unit contains one-half of one

public warrant and only whole public warrants may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one public warrant and each whole public warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share, at a price of $11.50 per full share, subject to adjustment. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional public warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole public warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one whole public warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the public warrants upon completion of a business combination since the public warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for a half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole public warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive business combination partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a public warrant to purchase one whole share.

The warrants may become exercisable and

redeemable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares, and information regarding such other potential security is not ascertainable at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our initial business combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a company for which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of an initial business combination.

A provision of our warrant agreement may

make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike many blank check companies, if:

●	we issue additional ordinary shares or equity-linked securities<br>for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a Newly Issued Price of less than<br>$9.20 per ordinary share;
●	the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent<br>more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the<br>date of the completion of our initial business combination (net of redemptions); and
---	---
●	the Market Value is below $9.20 per share,
---	---

then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and, in the case of the public warrants only, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

Risks

Relating to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and Management Team

We will depend on numerous third-parties

to operate successfully and complete our initial business combination, and many of these third parties may not want to engage with us to provide services due to the affiliation of our management team and our board of directors with TMTG and President Donald J. Trump. This may hinder our ability to operate, raise capital, or complete our initial business combination.

Members of our management team and our board of directors have and continue to serve in management roles or as members of the board of directors of TMTG, or otherwise, have an affiliation with President Donald J. Trump. Third-party partners, including target management teams, may be unwilling or reluctant to work with us as a result of these affiliations. To the extent we need to raise additional capital we will need to engage with investment bankers or investors, and it is possible that some third parties will refuse to engage with us. If we are unable to successfully engage third parties, our ability to consummate an initial business combination may be materially adversely affected.

Past performance by our directors, executive

officers and their affiliates, including DWAC or its affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us, and we may be unable to provide positive returns to shareholders.

Information regarding performance by our management team and their affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by DWAC, our management team and their affiliates is not a guarantee either (1) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (2) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of DWAC, our management team or their affiliates or any related investment’s performance as indicative of our future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

Our directors and officers will allocate

their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our directors and officers are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Our officers are engaged in several other business endeavors for which they may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Certain of our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

We are dependent upon our directors and

officers and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and in particular, Eric Swider, our Chief Executive Officer, Ian Rhodes, our Chief Financial Officer, and Alexander E. Cano, our Chief Operating Officer. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial

business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of our or a target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment

or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of our initial business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Certain of our directors and officers are

now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and our directors and officers are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and our directors and officers are also not prohibited from sponsoring, or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies prior to us completing our initial business combination.

Our directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties, including, for example, TMTG. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

In addition, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and our directors and officers may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies with acquisition objectives that are similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, Sponsor Investors, and our officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other special purpose acquisition company with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our directors, officers, security holders

and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with either of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In particular, affiliates of Sponsor Investors and Sponsor have invested in a diverse set of industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

In addition, members of our management team and our board of directors directly or indirectly own founder shares, and, due to their personal and financial interests in the founder shares, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholder’s rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We

may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of Sponsor Investors, our directors and officers with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers. Certain of our directors and officers also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors and officers are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria and guidelines for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement that we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or valuation or appraisal firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers, the non-Sponsor investors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

We

may engage the underwriters or one of their affiliates to provide additional services to us, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. The underwriters are entitled to receive deferred commissions that will be payable only upon completion of an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause the underwriters to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after the initial public offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may engage the underwriters or one of their affiliates to provide additional services to us, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may also pay the firms acting as underwriters for the initial public offering (or their affiliates) a finder's fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of the business combination. The underwriters are also entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial business combination. The underwriters’ or their affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims

of our directors and officers.

We indemnified our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors waived any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, the indemnification provided will be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Members of our management team and board

of directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. Certain of those persons have been, may be, or may become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including related to those companies or otherwise. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming and could divert their attention, and may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team and board of directors have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. As a result of their involvement and positions in these companies, certain of those persons have been, may be or may in the future become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including relating to the business affairs of such companies, transactions entered into by such companies, or otherwise. Individual members of our management team and board of directors also may become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings involving claims or allegations related to or as a result of their personal conduct, either in their capacity as a corporate officer or director or otherwise, and may be personally named in such actions and potentially subject to personal liability. Any such liability may or may not be covered by insurance and/or indemnification, depending on the facts and circumstances. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming. Any litigation, investigations or other proceedings and the potential outcomes of such actions may divert the attention and resources of our management team and board of directors away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination.

Our

letter agreements with Sponsor, our directors and officers and the non-Sponsor investors may be amended without shareholder approval.

Our Insider Letter Agreement and our Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement with Sponsor, our directors and officers and the non-Sponsor investors, as applicable, contain provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our founder shares and private placement warrants, indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The Insider Letter Agreement and Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement may be amended without shareholder approval (although releasing the parties from the restriction not to transfer the founder shares for 180 days following the date of the IPO Prospectus will require the prior written consent of the underwriters). While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the Insider Letter Agreement or the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the Insider Letter Agreement or the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement, including but not limited to amendments that will allow the sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement warrants or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that our sponsor and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsor. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsor or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination. Any such amendments to the Insider Letter Agreement or the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement do not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.

Our

letter agreements with Sponsor, our directors and officers, and the non-Sponsor investors will contain provisions relating to transfer restrictions that are unlike most other blank check companies.

Unlike many other blank check companies, which restrict transfers, sales, or assignments of all founder shares held by their initial shareholders, including their directors and officers, our initial shareholders are subject to such restrictions only with respect to 90% of their founder shares. Pursuant to the Insider Letter Agreement and the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement entered into with Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors (as applicable), 90% of their founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable until the earlier of (x) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and (y) subsequent to our initial business combination (A) if the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share sub divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period, commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (B) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Further, the initial shareholders of many other blank check companies typically agree to restrictions on transfers, assignments, or sales for at least a year after a business combination, subject to earlier release upon the share price reaching certain pricing benchmarks. The 90% of founder shares held by Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors that are subject to the restrictions on transfers, assignments, or sales set forth in the Insider Letter Agreement and our Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement will no longer be subject to such restrictions 6 months after the business combination. Because Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors may be able to transfer, assign, or sell a portion of their founder shares immediately after the closing of the initial business combination and the remainder of their founder shares 6 months after the closing of the initial business combination, the trading price of our securities may be more volatile than those other blank check companies.

Since

Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our officers and directors and any other direct and indirect holders of our founder shares, including the non-Sponsor investors, will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to any public shares they may acquire during or after the initial public offering), and because Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our officers and directors and any other holder of our founder shares, including the non-Sponsor investors, directly or indirectly may profit substantially from a business combination as a result of their direct or indirect ownership of founder shares even under circumstances where our public shareholders would experience losses in connection with their investment, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination, including in connection with the shareholder vote in respect thereto.

On July 30, 2024, our sponsor entered into a subscription agreement with us to purchase 9,583,333 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. On March 13, 2025, Sponsor surrendered for cancellation 3,740,591 founder shares held by it for no consideration. On May 14, 2025 we issued an additional 1,168,548 unissued Class B ordinary shares to the sponsor, resulting in the sponsor owning 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares. Accordingly, Sponsor’s initial investment in us of $25,000 resulted in an effective purchase price of $0.004 per share for the 7,011,288 founder shares purchased by it (up to 914,514 of which were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised). Prior to this initial investment in us by Sponsor, we had no assets, tangible or intangible. Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 500,000 founder shares to our independent directors and officers prior to the completion of the initial public offering and an aggregate of 200,000 founder shares to certain of our advisors after the completion of the initial public offering, for their services. Sponsor Investors also indirectly hold founder shares through Sponsor through ownership of its membership interests in Sponsor.

Our Sponsor, our officers and directors, the non-Sponsor Investors and their permitted transferees will collectively beneficially own 22.5% of our issued and outstanding shares after the initial public offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in the initial public offering). If we increase or decrease the size of the initial public offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our founder shares held by Sponsor immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares at 22.5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of the initial public offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion.

Certain non-Sponsor investors and certain of our directors have expressed an interest to us to purchase up to 1,545,376 founder shares from Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $3,800,032.

In addition, Sponsor purchased 3,821,591 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering.

Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

Given the differential in the purchase price paid for the founder shares as compared to the initial public offering price of the public shares and the substantial number of Class A ordinary shares that holders of our founder shares would receive upon conversion of the founder shares upon a business combination, the founder shares may have significant value after the business combination even if our Class A ordinary shares trade below the initial public offering price and holders of our public shares have a substantial loss on their investment. Our initial shareholders have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from either of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers.

The personal and financial interests of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors and officers and any direct or indirect holders of our founder shares may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination and may result in a misalignment of interests between the direct and indirect holders of our founder shares, including the non-Sponsor investors, and our officers and directors, on the one hand, and our public shareholders, on the other. These risks may become more acute as the deadline to complete our initial business combination nears. In particular, because the founder shares were purchased at a purchase price of approximately $0.004 per share, the direct and indirect holders of our founder shares (including the non-Sponsor investors and certain of our directors and officers that indirectly own founder shares) could make a substantial profit after our initial business combination even if our public shareholders lose money on their investment as a result of a decrease in the post-combination value of their Class A ordinary shares (after accounting for any adjustments in connection with an exchange or other transaction contemplated by the business combination). For example, a holder of 1,000 founder shares would have paid approximately $4.00 to purchase such shares. At the time of an initial business combination, such holder would be able to convert such founder shares into 1,000 Class A ordinary shares, and would receive the same consideration in connection with our initial business combination as a public shareholder for the same number of Class A ordinary shares. If the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares on a post-combination basis (after accounting for any adjustments in connection with an exchange or other transaction contemplated by the business combination) were to decrease to $5.00 per Class A ordinary share, such holder of our founder shares would obtain a profit of approximately $4,996.00 on account of the 1,000 founder shares that the holder had converted into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the initial business combination. By contrast, a public shareholder holding 1,000 Class A ordinary shares acquired in the initial public offering would lose approximately $5,000.00 in connection with the same transaction.

Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were to be included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The

nominal purchase price paid by Sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

We offered our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and, prior to the initial public offering, the amount in our trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.025 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.025 per public share. However, prior to the initial public offering, Sponsor paid a nominal aggregate purchase price of $25,000 for the founder shares, or approximately $0.004 per share. As a result, the value of your public shares may be significantly diluted upon the consummation of our initial business combination, when the founder shares are converted into public shares. For example, the following table shows the dilutive effect of the founder shares on the implied value of the public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, assuming that our equity value at that time is $239,730,992 which is the amount in the trust account for our initial business combination as of December 31, 2025 after payment of up to $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting commissions, assuming no interest is earned on the funds held in the trust account, and no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination, and without taking into account any other potential impacts on our valuation at such time, such as the trading price of our public shares, the business combination transaction costs, any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers or other third parties, or the target’s business itself, including its assets, liabilities, management and prospects, as well as the value of our public and private placement warrants. At such valuation, each of our ordinary shares would have an implied value of $7.69 per share upon consummation of our initial business combination, which would be an approximate 23.3% decrease as compared to the initial implied value per public share of $10.025.

Public shares		24,150,000
Founder shares		7,011,288
Total shares		31,161,288
Total funds in trust available for initial business combination (less deferred underwriting commissions)	$	239,730,992
Public shareholders’ investment per Class A ordinary share		10.00
Sponsor’s investment per Class B ordinary share		0.004
Initial implied value per public share	$	10.025
Implied value per share upon consummation of initial business combination	$	7.69

The value of the founder shares following

completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary shares at such time is substantially less than $10.025 per share.

Sponsor and our initial shareholders directly or indirectly invested in us an aggregate of $3,846,591, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the founder shares and the $3,821,591 purchase price for the private placement warrants. Assuming a trading price of $10.025 per share upon consummation of our initial business combination, the 7,011,288 founder shares would have an aggregate value of $70,288,162.20. Even if the trading price of our ordinary shares was as low as approximately $0.59 per share, and the private placement warrants were worthless, the value of the founder shares would be equal to Sponsor’s and our initial shareholders’ initial investment in us. As a result, Sponsor and our initial shareholders are likely to be able to recoup their investment in us and make a substantial profit on that investment, even if our public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, our management team, which owns interests in Sponsor Investors or Sponsor, as applicable, may have an economic incentive that differs from that of the public shareholders to pursue and consummate an initial business combination rather than to liquidate and to return all of the cash in the trust to the public shareholders, even if that business combination were with a riskier or less-established target business. In addition, our non-Sponsor investors may have different interests than other public shareholders due to their additional upfront investment in the company and their ownership of the founder shares. For the foregoing reasons, you should consider our management team’s financial incentive to complete an initial business combination when evaluating whether to redeem your shares prior to or in connection with the initial business combination.

Our management may not be able to maintain

control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will complete such business combination only if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new ordinary shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity securities of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

Our initial business combination will require

approval of a majority of our board of directors, as well as a majority of our independent directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our initial business combination requires the approval of a majority of our board of directors and, under Nasdaq rules, our initial business combination also requires the approval of a majority of our independent directors. Unless we receive the requisite board member approvals, we will not be able to enter into a definitive merger or similar agreement relating to our initial business combination.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign

Countries

If our management team pursues a company

with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign market, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

●	costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business<br>operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;
●	rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;
---	---
●	complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
---	---
●	laws governing the manner in which future business combinations<br>may be effected;
---	---
●	tariffs and trade barriers;
---	---
●	regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
---	---
●	longer payment cycles;
---	---
●	tax consequences, such as tax law changes, including termination<br>or reduction of tax and other incentives that the applicable government provides to domestic companies, and variations in tax laws as<br>compared to the United States;
---	---
●	currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
---	---
●	rates of inflation;
---	---
●	challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
---	---
●	cultural and language differences;
---	---
●	employment regulations;
---	---
●	crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;
---	---
●	deterioration of political relations with the United States;
---	---
●	obligatory military service by personnel; and
---	---
●	government appropriation of assets.
---	---

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in international trade policies,

tariffs and treaties may have a material adverse effect on our search for an initial business combination target, our ability to complete an initial business combination, and/or our business, financial condition and results of operations following completion of an initial business combination.

There have recently been significant changes to international trade policies and tariffs affecting imports and exports. Any significant increases in tariffs on goods or materials or other changes in trade policy could negatively affect our search for a target and/or our ability to complete our initial business combination. Recently, the U.S. has implemented a range of new tariffs and increases to existing tariffs. In response to the tariffs announced by the U.S., other countries have imposed, are considering imposing, and may in the future impose new or increased tariffs on certain exports from the U.S. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the U.S. and other countries with respect to trade policies, taxes, government regulations and tariffs, and we cannot predict whether, and to what extent, current tariffs will continue or trade policies will change in the future.

Tariffs, or the threat of tariffs or increased tariffs, could have a significant negative impact on certain businesses (either due to domestic businesses’ reliance on imported goods or dependence on access to foreign markets, or foreign businesses’ reliance on sales into the U.S.). In addition, retaliatory tariffs could have a significant negative impact on foreign businesses that rely on imports from the U.S., and domestic businesses that rely on exporting goods internationally. These tariffs and threats of tariffs and other potential trade policy changes could negatively affect the attractiveness of certain initial business combination targets, or lead to material adverse effects on a post-business combination company. Among other things, historical financial performance of companies affected by trade policies and/or tariffs may not provide useful guidance as to the future performance of such companies, because future financial performance of those companies may be materially affected by new U.S. tariffs or foreign retaliatory tariffs, or other changes to trade policies. The business prospects of a particular target for a business combination could change even after we enter into a business combination agreement, as a result of tariffs or the threat of tariffs that may have a material impact on that target’s business, and it may be costly or impractical for us to terminate that business combination agreement. These factors could affect our selection of a business combination target.

We may not be able to adequately address the risks presented by these tariffs or other potential changes in trade policy. As a result, we may deem it costly, impractical or risky to complete an initial business combination with a particular target or with a target in a particular industry or from a particular country. Consequently, the pool of potential target companies may be reduced, which could impair our ability to identify a suitable target and to complete an initial business combination. If we complete an initial business combination with such a target, the post-business combination company’s operations and financial results could be adversely affected as a result of tariffs or changes to trade policies, which may cause the market value of the securities of the post-business combination company to decline.

We may reincorporate in or transfer by way

of continuation to another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation or transfer by way of continuation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders or warrant holders.

We may, subject to requisite shareholder approval by special resolution under the Companies Act, effect a business combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, reincorporate in or transfer by way of continuation the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or reincorporate in another jurisdiction. Such transaction may result in tax liability for a shareholder or warrant holder in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident (or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity), in which the target company is located, or in which we reincorporate. In the event of a reincorporation pursuant to our initial business combination, such tax liability may attach prior to the consummation of redemptions of any of our public shares properly submitted to us for redemption in connection with such business combination. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation or continuation.

We may reincorporate in or transfer by way

of continuation to another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may, subject to requisite shareholder approval by special resolution under the Companies Act relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency

policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in certain of our target regions may fluctuate and may be affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination.

After our initial business combination,

substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

Risks Relating to Our Status as a Foreign Entity

Because we are incorporated under the laws

of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples & Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Our amended and restated memorandum and

articles of association provide that the courts of the Cayman Islands will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholder’s ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for complaints against us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former director, officer or other employee to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association does not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

This choice of forum provision may increase a shareholder’s cost and limit the shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our shares or other securities, whether by transfer, sale, operation of law or otherwise, shall be deemed to have notice of and have irrevocably agreed and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find this type of provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

After our initial business combination,

it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

If our management following our initial

business combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

We employ a mail forwarding service, which

may delay or disrupt our ability to receive mail in a timely manner.

Mail addressed to the company and received at its registered office will be forwarded unopened to the forwarding address supplied by company to be dealt with. None of the company, its directors, officers, advisors or service providers (including the organization which provides registered office services in the Cayman Islands) will bear any responsibility for any delay howsoever caused in mail reaching the forwarding address, which may impair your ability to communicate with us.

General Risk Factors

We have no operating history and no revenues,

and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Company has not commenced operations and has generated no revenues to date. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

We have a working capital deficiency and a weak cash position.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has cash of $4,031 and working capital of $388,033. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. The Company anticipates that the cash held outside of the Trust Account of $4,031 will not be sufficient to allow the Company to operate in the next twelve months. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to

investors of many other blank check companies.

The net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected. As a result, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the U.S. securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet of the company demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419.

We are subject to changing law and regulations

regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

Changes in laws or regulations or in how

such laws or regulations are interpreted or applied, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted a series of new rules relating to SPACs requiring, among other items, (i) additional disclosures relating to SPAC business combination transactions; (ii) additional disclosures relating to dilution and to conflicts of interest involving sponsors and their affiliates in both SPAC initial public offerings and SPAC initial business combinations; (iii) the use of projections by SPACs in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions; and (iv) both the SPAC and the target company’s status as co-registrants on de-SPAC transaction registration statements. In addition, the SEC’s adopting release provided guidance describing circumstances in which a SPAC could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, including as a result of its duration, asset composition, business purpose, and the activities of the SPAC and its management team in furtherance of such goals. Compliance with such rules and related guidance may increase the costs and the time needed to negotiate and complete an initial business combination, may constrain the circumstances under which we could complete an initial business combination or otherwise impair our ability to complete a business combination.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us

could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early-stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation

of our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

We may be a passive foreign investment company,

or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares or warrants (regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for subsequent taxable years), the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend upon, among others, the status of an acquired company pursuant to a business combination, the amount of our passive income and assets in the year of the business combination, the amount of passive income and assets of the acquired business and whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, moreover, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of our start-up year, possibly not until after the close of the second taxable year following the start-up year). If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor upon written request by a U.S. Holder to provide to such U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) election with respect to its Class A ordinary shares, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF election are very complex and are a function of various factors in addition to those described in the IPO Prospectus. We urge U.S. Holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to them in their particular circumstances.

The 1% U.S. federal excise tax on stock

buybacks could be imposed on redemptions of our shares if we were to become a “covered corporation” in the future.

The IRA provides for, among other things, a new 1% U.S. federal excise tax on certain repurchases (including redemptions) of stock by publicly traded U.S. corporations after December 31, 2022 (the “stock buyback tax”), subject to certain exceptions. If applicable, the amount of the stock buyback tax is generally 1% of the aggregate fair market value of any stock repurchased by the corporation during a taxable year, net of the aggregate fair market value of certain new stock issuances by the repurchasing corporation during the same taxable year. The Biden administration proposed increasing the stock buyback tax rate from 1% to 4%; however, it is unclear whether such a change will be enacted and, if enacted, how soon it could take effect. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department (the “Treasury”) and IRS have released preliminary guidance and proposed Treasury regulations on the stock buyback tax that would potentially cause a non-U.S. corporation’s U.S. subsidiaries to be subject to the stock buyback tax with respect to any share repurchases made by the non-U.S. corporation under certain circumstances. On June 28, 2024, the Treasury finalized certain of the proposed regulations (those relating to procedures for reporting and paying the stock buyback tax). The remaining regulations (largely relating to the computation of the stock buyback tax) remain in proposed form. The Treasury intends to finalize these proposed regulations at a later date and, until such time, taxpayers may continue to rely on the proposed regulations.

As an entity incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, the stock buyback tax is currently not expected to apply to redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares (absent any regulations or other additional guidance that may be issued in the future). However, in connection with an initial business combination involving a company organized under the laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof), it is possible that we domesticate and continue as a Delaware corporation prior to certain redemptions. Because we expect that, following such a domestication, our securities would continue to trade on Nasdaq, in such a case we could be subject to the stock buyback tax with respect to any subsequent redemptions (potentially including redemptions in connection with the initial business combination) that are treated as repurchases for this purpose. In all cases, whether and to what extent we would be subject to the stock buyback tax will depend on a number of factors, including (i) the structure of the initial business combination, including the extent to which the initial business combination involves a U.S. corporation and the extent to which we issue shares in the initial business combination or otherwise during the same taxable year that are eligible to offset any redemptions or other repurchases, (ii) the fair market value of the shares redeemed and (iii) the extent such redemptions could be treated as dividends and not as repurchases. The applicability of the stock buyback tax to us could be further affected by the content of any final regulations, clarifications or other additional guidance from the Treasury that may be issued and applicable to the redemptions.

Any stock buyback tax that becomes payable as a result of any redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares (or other shares into which such Class A ordinary shares may be converted) in connection with our initial business combination or otherwise would be payable by us and not by the redeeming holder. The imposition of the excise tax on us as a result of redemptions by us could, however, reduce the amount of cash available to the target business in connection with our initial business combination, which could cause investors in our securities who do not redeem or the other shareholders of the combined company to economically bear the impact of such excise tax. However, we will not use the proceeds placed in the trust account, or the interest earned on the proceeds placed in the trust account, to pay for possible excise tax or any other fees or taxes that may be levied on the Company on any redemptions or share repurchase by the Company pursuant to any current, pending or further rules or laws, including without limitation any excise tax, prior to release of such funds from the trust account following our initial business combination.

We are an emerging growth company and a

smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of any second quarter of a fiscal year, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the end of such fiscal year. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Since only holders of our founder shares

have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, Nasdaq may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Only holders of our founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, the Nasdaq may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under the Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

●	we have a board that includes a majority of “independent<br>directors,” as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq;
●	we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised<br>entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
---	---
●	a majority of the independent directors recommend director<br>nominees for selection by the board of directors.
---	---

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

As a blank check company, we have no operations and therefore do not have any operations of our own that face cybersecurity threats. However, we do depend on the digital technologies of third parties, and as noted in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report, any sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, systems or infrastructure or the cloud that we utilize, including those of third parties, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. Because of our reliance on the technologies of third parties, we also depend upon the personnel and the processes of third parties to protect against cybersecurity threats, and we have no personnel or processes of our own for this purpose. Our board of directors oversees risk for our Company, and prior to filings with the SEC, our board of directors reviews our risk factors, including the descriptions of the risks we face from cybersecurity threats, as described in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

Item 2. Properties.

We currently maintain our executive offices at 1825 Ponce de Leon Blvd, Suite 260, Coral Gables, FL 33134, and our telephone number is (645) 201-8586. The cost for this space is included in the $25,000 per month fee that we pay our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this Annual Report.

Item 4. Mine

Safety Disclosures.

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information.

Our Units, public shares and public warrants are traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbols “RTACU”, “RTAC” and “RTACW”, respectively.

Holders

Although there are a larger number of beneficial owners, at December 31, 2025, there was one holder of record of our Units, two holders of record of our Class A ordinary shares, one holder of record of our founder shares, two holders of record of our public warrants and twenty holders of record of our private placement warrants.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Securities

Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Performance Graph

Not applicable.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use

of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On July 30, 2024, Sponsor subscribed for 9,583,333 founder shares for a total subscription price of $25,000 and fully paid for those shares. On March 13, 2025, Sponsor surrendered for cancellation 3,740,591 founder shares held by it for no consideration. On May 14, 2025, the Company issued an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration, resulting in the Sponsor owning 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares as of May 14, 2025. Accordingly, Sponsor’s initial investment in us of $25,000 resulted in an effective purchase price of $0.004 per share for the 7,011,288 founder shares held by it (up to 914,514 of which were subject to forfeiture by Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised). The underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option as of May 16, 2025. The foregoing issuance of securities was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

On May 14, 2025, the Company consummated the initial public offering of 24,150,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $241,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company consummated the private sale of 3,821,591 private placement warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $3,821,591. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants sold in the initial public offering.

Transaction costs amounted to $12,213,743, consisting of $1,207,500 of cash underwriting fee, $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting fee, and $2,553,743 of other offering costs.

Use of Proceeds

Of the gross proceeds received from the initial public offering and the private placement, an aggregate of $242,103,750 was placed in the trust account. The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested or held either (i) in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, (ii) as uninvested cash, or (iii) an interest bearing bank demand deposit account or other accounts at a bank, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a business combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the trust account to the Company’s shareholders. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from such use as described in our IPO Prospectus filed with the SEC on May 13, 2025 pursuant to Rule 424b(4).

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

References in this Annual Report to “we,” “us” or the “Company” refer to Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors and references to the “Sponsor” refer to International SPAC Management Group I. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking

Statements

Some statements contained in this Annual Report are forward-looking in nature. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report may include, for example, statements about:

●	our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;
●	our ability to complete our initial business combination,<br>which is impacted by various factors;
---	---
●	our expectations around the performance of a prospective target<br>business or businesses or of markets or industries;
---	---
●	our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required<br>in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our directors and officers allocating their time to other<br>businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving or consummating our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete<br>our initial business combination;
---	---
●	our pool of prospective target businesses;
---	---
●	the ability of our directors and officers to generate a number<br>of potential business combination opportunities;
---	---
●	the potential liquidity and trading of our public securities;
---	---
●	the past performance of our directors, executive officers<br>and their affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us;
---	---
●	third parties may not want to engage with us to provide services<br>due to the affiliation of our management team and our board of directors with TMTG and President Donald J. Trump;
---	---
●	Certain members of our management team may have economic incentives<br>that differ from those of public shareholders;
---	---

●	the lack of a market for our securities;
●	the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust<br>account balance;
---	---
●	global geopolitical conditions resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the recent escalation<br>of conflicts in the Middle East;
---	---
●	the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; and
---	---
●	our financial performance following our initial public offering.
---	---

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under Item 1A. Risk Factors. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

Overview

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete a business combination will be successful.

Recent Developments

On May 16, 2025, Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I completed (i) its initial public offering of 24,150,000 Units at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, including 3,150,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option in full, each Unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-half of one redeemable warrant, each whole public warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, generating gross proceeds of $241,500,000 (before underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses), and (ii) a private placement of an aggregate of 3,821,591 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds of $3,821,591. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants, except that they (i) are, subject to certain limited exceptions, subject to transfer restrictions until 30 days following the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination and (ii) are entitled to registration rights.

A total of $242,103,750 of the net proceeds from the initial public offering and the private placement (which includes the underwriters’ deferred discount of up to $8,452,500) was placed in a trust account with Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to the Company to pay its franchise and income tax obligations, the funds held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of: (1) the completion of the Company’s initial business combination; (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial business combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company has not completed its initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering, if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; and (3) the redemption of all of the Company’s public shares if the Company has not completed its initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering, if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), subject to applicable law.

Results of Operations and Known Trends

or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the initial public offering, and identifying a target company for an initial business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our initial business combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the trust account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, we had net income of $5,055,742, which consisted primarily of investment income earned on the cash held in the Trust Account of $6,079,742 partially offset by formation and operating expenses of $1,025,873.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity needs were satisfied prior to the consummation of our initial public offering through receipt from our Sponsor of $25,000 for the sale of the Founder Shares and payments to vendors from the Sponsor

On May 16, 2025, we consummated the initial public offering of 24,150,000 Units, including 3,150,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $241,500,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we completed the private sale of 3,821,591 private placement warrants to the Sponsor and the underwriters at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $3,821,591. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants sold in the initial public offering.

Following the closing of the initial public offering and the private placement, a total of $242,103,750 was placed in the trust account. We incurred $12,213,743 of transaction costs, consisting of $1,207,500 of cash underwriting fee, $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting fee, and $2,553,743 of other offering costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, cash used in operating activities was $991,948. Net income of $5,055,742 was affected by interest earned on cash held in the trust account of $6,079,742, and net change in operating assets and liabilities of $32,052.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, cash used in investing activities was $242,108,290, which is the amount required to be deposited into the trust from the initial public offering and private placement and net advances to the Sponsor of $4,540.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, cash provided by financing activities was $243,104,269, which is the proceeds from the initial public offering and the private placement, net of offering costs and $250,000 in proceeds from the issuance of a convertible note.

As of December 31, 2025, we had cash held in the trust account of $248,183,492. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (which interest shall be net of any franchise and income taxes payable and excluding deferred underwriting commissions), to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

As of December 31, 2025, we had cash of $4,031 in our operating bank account. We intend to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete our initial business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial business combination, the Sponsor or any of its affiliates or certain of our directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. In the event that the initial business combination is not consummated, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans for each such person may be converted into Class A ordinary shares at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 and (ii) the volume weighted average price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 20 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the loans are converted, at the option of the lender. Any shares issued upon conversion of such Working Capital Loans would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the public units of the initial public offering.

If our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2025. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual obligations

Except for the Investor Convertible Note, we do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities.

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the initial public offering to purchase up to 3,150,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering. The underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option as of May 16, 2025.

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $0.05 per Unit, or $1,207,500, which was paid upon the closing of the initial public offering. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or up to $8,452,500 in the aggregate, payable based on the percentage of funds remaining in the trust account after redemptions of public shares. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that the Company completes an initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgement. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could materially differ from those estimates. As of December 31, 2025, we had the following critical accounting estimates: fair value of public warrants and fair value of shares transferred to directors.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

Item 8. Financial Statements

and Supplementary Data

This information appears following Item 15 of this Report and is included herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and

Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and

Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with the participation of our current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our “Certifying Officers”), the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2025, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Certifying Officers concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal

Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial

Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

Item 9C.

Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections.

None.

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Our directors and officers are as follows:

Name	Age	Title
Eric Swider	53	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ian Rhodes	54	Chief Financial Officer
Alexander E. Cano	52	Chief Operating Officer
Devin G. Nunes	52	Director and Chairman of the Board
Jeffrey Smith	52	Director
Matan Fattal	39	Director
Randy Lambert	55	Director

Eric Swider, Chief Executive Officer

Eric S. Swider has served as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a member of our Board since July 2024. Mr. Swider previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Digital World Acquisition Corp. (“DWAC”) from July 2023 until March 2024. He previously served as DWAC’s Interim Chief Executive Officer from March 2023 until July 2023 and as a director since September 2021. Mr. Swider has been serving as the Chief Executive Officer of RUBIDEX since January 2020, a start-up company focusing on data security. Mr. Swider founded Renatus Advisors and has been serving as the Managing Partner of Renatus LLC since June 2016. Renatus Advisors works with private clients to resolve complex legal, strategic, and operational matters as well as public clients, providing services related to disaster and economic recovery. From February 2021 to October 2022, Mr. Swider served as a director of Benessere Capital Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company. From September 2016 to January 2018, Mr. Swider served as the Managing Director of Great Bay Global where he oversaw the launch of a new business division focused on investing in alternative strategies. From December 2014 to June 2016, Mr. Swider served as the Managing Director of OHorizons Global, where he oversaw expansion of a new investment team and was responsible for working on a global basis to expand its client base and investment portfolio. From February 2010 to December 2015, Mr. Swider served as the Managing Director of Oceano Beach Resorts, where he was responsible for growing its new property and resort management group. Mr. Swider received his education in Mechanics Engineering and Nuclear Science Studies at U.S. Naval Engineering and Nuclear A Schools, an intensive two-year program studying nuclear physics, heat transfer and fluid flow, advanced mathematical practices and engineering principles. We believe that Mr. Swider is well qualified to serve as a member of our board due to his extensive experience in investment and corporate management and his strong track record in the SPAC space.

Ian Rhodes, Chief Financial Officer

Ian Rhodes has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2024. Mr. Rhodes has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Apogee Acquisition Corp. since November 2025. Mr. Rhodes has been the Interim Chief Financial Officer of TNF Pharmaceuticals, Inc since February 1, 2021. Mr. Rhodes has been a Director of Brio Financial Group (“Brio”) since January 2021. From March 2020 to December 2020, Mr. Rhodes served as the Interim CFO of Roadway Moving and Storage. From November 2018 to July 2019, he served as Interim CFO of Greyston Bakery and Foundation. From December 2016 to September 2018, Mr. Rhodes served as President, CEO and Director of GlyEco, Inc., and served as CFO of GlyEco, Inc. from February 2016 to December 2016. From May 2014 to January 2016, he served as CFO of Calmare Therapeutics. Mr. Rhodes began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he worked for 15 years. Mr. Rhodes received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from Seton Hall University and is a licensed CPA in New York.

Alexander E. Cano, Chief Operating Officer

Alexander E. Cano has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2024. Mr. Cano previously served as President and Secretary of DWAC from April 2023 to March 2024. He served as the Chief Operating Officer for Benessere Investment Group, an investment company, from June 2021 to March 2023 and was responsible for the daily operations of the firm and contributed to the development of the firm’s corporate strategy, as well as services to multiple special purpose acquisition companies. Prior to that, Mr. Cano held the position of Vice President, Business Development & Sales Strategy for Global Media Fusion, a global media agency, from October 2020 to June 2021, where he was responsible for driving revenue by connecting major consumer brands with globally syndicated television sponsorships. From October 2018 through December 2019, Mr. Cano served as the General Manager for the Home Equity division of Bankrate, a consumer financial services company. Prior to Bankrate, Mr. Cano was a negotiation consultant with The Gap Partnership, from October 2016 to October 2018. Mr. Cano spent the first half of his career in media companies, such as Sony Pictures Television International from 2003 to 2005, HBO from 2005 to 2008, TiVo from 2008 to 2010 and DIRECTV from 2010 to 2014. Mr. Cano received his B.S.B.A. in Finance from American University in Washington D.C.

Devin G. Nunes, Director

Devin G. Nunes serves on our board of directors and acts as Chairman of the board of directors. Devin G. Nunes, has been TMTG’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director since 2022, previously served in the U.S. House of Representatives from 2003 to 2022. He was the Republican leader and former Chairman of the HPSCI, a senior Republican on the Ways and Means Committee, and the Republican leader of the Ways and Means Health Subcommittee. Mr. Nunes was a vital contributor to the 2017 tax system overhaul, authoring a key provision to allow same-year expensing of all business investments for entrepreneurs and businesses. He also championed telemedicine to improve healthcare in underserved, rural areas. In his role on HPSCI, Mr. Nunes spent extensive time overseas working with U.S. military personnel, Central Intelligence Agency officials, and world leaders while promoting freedom and democratic values around the globe. During his time in Congress, many regarded Mr. Nunes as the House of Representatives’ preeminent investigator of government malfeasance and corruption; he was awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom, America’s highest civilian honor, in 2021. Mr. Nunes graduated from Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, where he received a bachelor’s degree in agricultural business and a master’s degree in agriculture. He is the author of “Restoring the Republic” and “Countdown to Socialism,” and was an early and prominent critic of big tech censorship.

Jeffrey Smith, Director

Jeffrey Smith serves on our board of directors and is the chair of our audit committee. Mr. Smith has been the founder and Managing Attorney for LawVisory, a law firm serving registered investment advisers, financial institutions, family offices, issuers, investment funds and businesses with their securities, regulatory, compliance, corporate, tax, litigation, arbitration, contracts, digital assets, and merger and acquisition legal needs, since January 2019. Since December 2025, Mr. Smith has been the managing member of Apogee Venture Fund LLC, Apogee Strategic Ventures LLC, and Apogee Capital Partners LLC. Since November 2025, Mr. Smith has been a managing member of Vanward Global LLC. Mr. Smith has been an independent director and the nominee chairperson of the audit committee for Globa Terra Acquisition Corporation since July 8, 2025. From March 2023 to March 2024, Mr. Smith served as an independent director of Digital World Acquisition Corp., which was renamed Trump Media & Technology Group Corp. upon the consummation of its initial business combination. Mr. Smith has also been since April 2022 the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Liquid Rarity Exchange LLC, which owns patents and is an emerging platform, for the fractionalization of real world assets in the form of rarities. Mr. Smith had been the Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Legal Officer of North Rock Partners, LLC, a wealth advisory firm, from January 2021 to April 2022; Virtue Capital Management LLC, an investment advisory firm, from January 2019 to January 2021; and Chief Compliance Officer of Griffin Capital Company LLC, an investment and asset management company, from February 2017 to May 2018. Prior to that, he was with Research Affiliates LLC, an investment advisory firm, where he served as Chief Compliance Officer and Assistant General Counsel from August 2013 to February 2017; Director of Compliance of Athene Asset Management LLC, an asset management firm, from July 2012 to August 2013; and Senior Counsel of Legal and Compliance at The Rock Creek Group, an investment fund manager, from July 2010 to July 2012. Additionally, Mr. Smith served as Investigative Counsel for the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission from January 2010 to July 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Smith was a tax attorney for Deloitte from July 1999 to July 2000 and Crowe Horwath from July 2000 to July 2002. Mr. Smith graduated cum laude with a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Kentucky, where he also earned his J.D. He received his L.L.M., with highest honors, in Securities & Financial Regulation from Georgetown Law in Washington, D.C. and holds the following certifications: Certified Regulatory and Compliance Professional (FINRA Institute at Wharton); Investment Adviser Certified Compliance Professional (NRS Education); and Certified in Risk Management (International Institute of Professional Education and Research).

Matan Fattal, Director

Matan Fattal serves on our board of directors. Mr. Fattal has served as the Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of IVIX since February 2020. He has also served as an Insider at YL Ventures since January 2021. From May 2015 to February 2020, Mr. Fattal was Co-Founder of Silverfort, where he served as Chief Executive Officer until May 2017 and subsequently as President until his departure. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Fattal was an Algorithmic Researcher at Intucell. From December 2009 to December 2010, he was a Software Engineer at Intel Corporation. Mr. Fattal began his career in the Israel Defense Forces, where he served as an Algorithmic Researcher from December 2006 to December 2009.

Randy Lambert, Director

Randy Lambert serves on our board of directors. Since August 2024, Mr. Lambert has served as Executive Vice President and Head of Registered Investment Advisor Solutions at Intention.ly, a consulting and marketing agency operating in the financial services sector. Mr. Lambert was the Chief Operations Officer of Orion Advisor Solutions from September 2019 until December 2021 and subsequently served as the Executive Vice President of Tech Operations from December 2021 until July 2024. During this period, Mr. Lambert participated in Orion Advisor Solutions' acquisitions of TownSquare Capital, LLC in July 2022, Redtail Technology, Inc. in June 2022, and BasisCode Compliance, LLC in October 2021. From August 1993 to January 2001, Mr. Lambert worked in Operations for Orion Advisor Tech, then as Chief Operating Officer from January 2001 to October 2015, and finally as President from October 2015 to September 2019. Mr. Lambert holds a B.S.B.A in finance from Creighton University and an M.B.A. from Regis University.

Prior Blank Check Experience

Our management team’s previous SPAC experience includes the founding of DWAC, which raised $287.5 million in September 2021 and subsequently completed its initial business combination with TMTG (Nasdaq: DJT) in March 2024. In connection with that business combination, there was $310.6 million in trust non-redemptions, $50 million in convertible debt financing, and $11.3 million (excluding the $287.5 million mentioned above) in equity was raised.

Our Chief Executive Officer, Eric Swider, also served as a member of the board of directors of Benessere Capital Acquisition Corp. (“BCAC”), a SPAC which previously sought a business combination opportunity in the technology-focused middle market and emerging growth companies sector, with a geographical focus in North, Central and South America. In October 2022, BCAC announced the redemption of all of its outstanding common stock held by its public shareholders, and subsequently redeemed the full amount that was deposited in the trust account and liquidated and dissolved the Company.

Our Chief Operating Officer, Alex Cano, also served as the Chief Operating Officer for Benessere Investment Group. As Chief Operating Officer of Benessere Investment Group, Mr. Cano provided operational support to certain SPACs affiliated with Benessere Investment Group, including DWAC, BCAC, Nubia Brand International Corp. (“Nubia”) and BurTech Acquisition Corp. (“BTAC”), prior to each SPACs respective business combination. Nubia consummated a business combination with Honeycomb Battery Company in February 2024 and BTAC consummated a business combination with Blaize, Inc. in January 2025.

In addition, Devin Nunes, who serves as a director on our board of directors and as Chairman of our board of directors, serves as a director of Yorkville Acquisition Corp., a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination that completed its initial public offering in June 2025. Similarly, Jeffrey Smith, who serves as a director on our board of directors, serves as a director of Globa Terra Acquisition Corporation, a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination that completed its initial public offering in July 2025.

The past performance of our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance.

Number, Terms of Office and Appointment of Directors and Officers

Our board of directors consists of 5 members. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our founder shares have the right to appoint all of our directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of our public shares do not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting. Each of our directors holds office for a three-year term. Subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors are filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares (or, prior to our initial business combination, holders of our founder shares).

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of a Chairperson or Co-Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. We have three “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Jeffrey Smith, Matan Fattal and Randy Lambert are independent directors under applicable SEC rules and the Nasdaq listing standards. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board

of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, Nasdaq rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and Nasdaq rules require that the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter approved by our board of directors and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charters of each committee are available on our website.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Under Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. The members of our audit committee are Jeffrey Smith, Matan Fattal and Randy Lambert, and Jeffrey Smith serves as chair of the audit committee.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Jeffrey Smith qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

We adopted an audit committee charter, which details the purpose and principal functions of the audit committee, including:

●	assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial<br>statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s<br>qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting<br>firm;
●	the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and<br>oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other registered public accounting firm engaged by<br>us;
---	---
●	pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided<br>by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval<br>policies and procedures;
---	---
●	reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public<br>accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm has with us in order to evaluate their continued<br>independence;
---	---
●	setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees<br>of the independent registered public accounting firm;
---	---
●	setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance<br>with applicable laws and regulations;
---	---
●	obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from<br>the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control<br>procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm,<br>or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more<br>independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;
---	---
●	meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial<br>statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
---	---
●	reviewing and approving any related party transaction required<br>to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction;<br>and
---	---
●	reviewing with management, the independent registered public<br>accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with<br>regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial<br>statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting<br>Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
---	---

Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Under Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. The members of our compensation committee are Jeffrey Smith, Matan Fattal and Randy Lambert, and Randy Lambert chairs the compensation committee. Jeffrey Smith, Matan Fattal and Randy Lambert are each independent.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibility of the compensation committee, including:

●	reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals<br>and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance<br>in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on<br>such evaluation;

●	reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors<br>with respect to the compensation, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of<br>our other officers;
●	reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;
---	---
●	implementing and administering our incentive compensation<br>equity-based remuneration plans;
---	---
●	assisting management in complying with our proxy statement<br>and annual report disclosure requirements;
---	---
●	approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and<br>other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;
---	---
●	producing a report on executive compensation to be included<br>in our annual proxy statement; and
---	---
●	reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate,<br>to the remuneration for directors.
---	---

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the payment to Sponsor or an affiliate thereof of up to $25,000 per month, for up to 24 months (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time, as described in more detail in this prospectus) or during any Extension Period, for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support, other expenses and obligations of Sponsor, and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, is paid to any of our existing shareholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee is primarily responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate

Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors. Jeffrey Smith, Matan Fattal and Randy Lambert serve as members of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Under Nasdaq listing standards, all members of the nominating and corporate governance committee must be independent. Matan Fattal chairs the nominating and corporate governance committee.

We have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

●	identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified<br>to serve as directors, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, and recommending to the board of directors candidates<br>for nomination for appointment at the annual general meeting or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;
●	developing and recommending to the board of directors and<br>overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;
---	---
●	coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of<br>the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company;<br>and
---	---
●	reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance<br>and recommending improvements as and when necessary.
---	---

The charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and is directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee recommends to the board of directors candidates for nomination for appointment at the annual general meeting. We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares do not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a code of ethics and business conduct (our “Code of Ethics”) applicable to our directors, officers and employees. You may review this document by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of our Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We will disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K. we make any amendments to our Code of Ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or Nasdaq rules, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website. The information included on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Insider Trading Policy

The Company adopted an insider trading policy which governs transactions in our securities by the Company and its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and contractors and promotes compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company. A copy of our insider trading policy is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 19.1.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

●	duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer<br>believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;
●	duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers<br>were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;
---	---
●	directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future<br>discretion;
---	---
●	duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections<br>of shareholders;
---	---
●	duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is<br>a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and
---	---
●	duty to exercise independent judgment.
---	---

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care, which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge, skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders; provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

In addition, members of our management team and our board of directors indirectly own founder shares and, due to their personal and financial interests in the founder shares, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest.

We issued Sponsor a Working Capital Convertible Note in the principal amount of up to $639,375, which we may draw down in our sole discretion, from time to time in order to pay for working capital expenses or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Any principal amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Convertible Note may be converted into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 per share and (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of Sponsor. The conversion price of the Working Capital Convertible Note may be significantly less than the market price of our shares at the time such loan is converted. Any amount that are not converted into Class A ordinary shares will be repaid in cash on the maturity date. The maturity date of the Working Capital Convertible Note will be the earlier of (i) Lock-up Expiration Date and (ii) the date that our winding up becomes effective. Certain members of our management team and our board will directly or indirectly own interest in Sponsor, and due to their financial interests in Sponsor, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether the Working Capital Convertible Note should be drawn down as well as the timing and manner of conversion or repayment (as applicable) of any outstanding principal balances under the Working Capital Convertible Note.

We pay Sponsor or an affiliate thereof a total of $25,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services. Additionally, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers may make working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of which may be converted into Class A ordinary shares, at the price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 per share or (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of the lender (as further described in the IPO Prospectus), in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Any fees we may pay Sponsor or an affiliate thereof for services rendered to us after the initial public offering or any repayment of the working capital loans made to us by Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers, may be contingent on the completion of a business combination. As a result, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination due to their personal and financial interests.

Our management team, in their capacities as directors, officers or employees of Sponsor or its affiliates or in their other endeavors, may choose to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future entities affiliated with or managed by either of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law and any other applicable fiduciary duties.

Our directors and officers presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, including, for example, TMTG. Accordingly, if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, or in the case of a non-compete restriction, may not present such opportunity to us at all, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Our directors and officers are also not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

●	None of our directors or officers are required to commit his<br>or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business<br>activities.
●	In the course of their other business activities, our directors<br>and officers may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the<br>other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular<br>business opportunity should be presented.
---	---
●	Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors<br>agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with the consummation<br>of our initial business combination; provided that, pursuant to the Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement, such waiver of redemption<br>rights shall only be applicable to the founder shares held by the non-Sponsor investors, and not applicable to any public shares held<br>by them. Additionally, Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors agreed to waive their redemption rights with<br>respect to their founder shares if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial<br>public offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the initial public offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business<br>combination by the full amount of time) or during any Extension Period. However, if Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor<br>investors (or any of our directors, officers or affiliates) acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions<br>from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within the prescribed<br>time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the<br>private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement<br>warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the 90% of the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or<br>salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of (x) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination<br>or (y) subsequent to our initial business combination (A) if the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds<br>$12.50 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the<br>like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period, commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or<br>(B) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in<br>all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. For the avoidance<br>of doubt, 10% of the founder shares held by our Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors shall not be subject<br>to such transfer restrictions (such date on which the founder shares are no longer subject to restriction, the “Lock-up Expiration<br>Date”). With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants,<br>are not transferable, assignable or salable by Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since<br>Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and our directors and officers may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares and warrants and will directly<br>or indirectly own founder shares following the initial public offering, our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in<br>determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.
---	---
●	Our directors and officers may negotiate employment or consulting<br>agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive<br>compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining<br>whether to proceed with a particular business combination.
---	---

●	Our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest<br>with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such directors and officers was included<br>by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.
●	Our sponsor and members of our management team will directly<br>or indirectly own our securities following the initial public offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining<br>whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Upon the closing<br>of the initial public offering, Sponsor will have invested in us an aggregate of $3,846,591, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price<br>for the founder shares (or approximately $0.003 per share) and the $3,821,591 purchase price for the private placement warrants (or $1.00<br>per warrant), which may be exercised on a cashless basis. Accordingly, our management team, which owns interests in our sponsor, may<br>be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor<br>had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares and if our sponsor were<br>required to pay cash to exercise the private placement warrants.
---	---

●

Our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such directors and officers was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

●

Our sponsor and members of our management team will directly or indirectly own our securities following the initial public offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Upon the closing of the initial public offering, Sponsor will have invested in us an aggregate of $3,846,591, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the founder shares (or approximately $0.003 per share) and the $3,821,591 purchase price for the private placement warrants (or $1.00 per warrant), which may be exercised on a cashless basis. Accordingly, our management team, which owns interests in our sponsor, may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares and if our sponsor were required to pay cash to exercise the private placement warrants.

---

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our directors and officers have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our directors and officers and certain of our affiliates currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

Individual	Entity	Entity’s Business	Affiliation
Eric Swider	Trump Media & Technology Group Corp.	Media and Technology	Director
	Rubidex, LLC	Data Security	Chief Executive Officer
Ian Rhodes	TNF Pharmaceuticals, Inc	Biotechnology	Interim Chief Financial Officer
	Brio Financial Group	Financial Services	Director
	Apogee Acquisition Corp.	Special Purpose Acquisition Company	Chief Financial Officer
Devin G. Nunes	Trump Media & Technology Group Corp.	Media and Technology	Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman
	Yorkville Acquisition Corp.	Investment and Financial Services	Director
Jeffrey Smith	LawVisory	Legal Services	Founder and Managing Attorney
	Globa Terra Acquisition Corporation	Investment and Financial Services	Director
Matan Fattal	IVIX	Finance and Technology	Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Randy Lambert	YL Ventures	Financial Services	Insider
	Intention.ly	Financial Services	Executive Vice President

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers or the non-Sponsor investors, or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with either of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors or officers, or the non-Sponsor investors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from a valuation or appraisal firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will Sponsor, Sponsor Investors or any of our directors or existing officers, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by the company any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors. Further, commencing on the date our securities were first listed on Nasdaq, we began to pay Sponsor or an affiliate thereof a total of $25,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services provided to members of our management team and other expenses and obligations of Sponsor.

In addition, Sponsor, Sponsor Investors or any of their respective affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the initial business combination, although Sponsor, Sponsor Investors and their affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If Sponsor, Sponsor Investors or any of their respective affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence Sponsor and Sponsor Investor’s motivation to complete an initial business combination.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our Sponsor, our officers and directors and the non-Sponsor investors have agreed, pursuant to the terms of an Insider Letter Agreement and Non-Sponsor Investor Letter Agreement entered into with us, as applicable, to vote any founder shares and public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability

and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.

We purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors. We entered into indemnity agreements with them.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Clawback Policy

The SEC adopted final rules implementing the incentive-based compensation recovery provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and Nasdaq has adopted listing standards consistent with the SEC rules. In compliance with those standards, we adopted an incentive compensation recoupment policy, or “clawback” policy, which applies to our executive officers, within the meaning of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and Rule 10D-1 promulgated thereunder, who were employed by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company during the applicable recovery period.

Policies and Practices Related

to the Grant of Certain Equity Awards Close in Time to the Release of Material Nonpublic Information

We do not grant equity awards to our executive officers or other employees of the Company and therefore do not have a policy regarding the timing of grants of option awards in relation to the disclosure of material non-public information by the Company.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 500,000 founder shares to our independent directors and officers prior to the completion of the initial public offering and an aggregate of 200,000 founder shares to certain of our advisors following the completion of the initial public offering, for their services. Except for such founder shares that our independent directors received from Sponsor, none of our directors or officers has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we pay our sponsor or an affiliate thereof a total of $25,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services provided to members of our management team and other expenses and obligations of Sponsor. Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors and officers, or any of their respective affiliates, are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that are made by us to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or to our directors, officers or our or any of their respective affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination are made from funds held outside the trust account (other than any Permitted Withdrawals). Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, is paid by the Company to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, our directors and officers, or our or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

On July 26, 2024, we entered into an agreement (the “Brio Agreement”) with Brio Financial Group (“Brio Financial”), pursuant to which Brio Financial provides certain financial and accounting services to us, including, but not limited to, assisting us with developing and documenting a monthly and quarterly accounting closing process, preparing financial statements, maintaining our accounting system and our internal debt and equity ledgers, preparing the Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results portion of quarterly and annual reports, and assisting us in connection with the initial public offering. Under the Brio Agreement, we agreed to pay Brio Financial a fixed price of $16,500 for initial services and a fixed monthly rate of $2,000 for recurring services, which commenced in September 2024. Additionally, we agreed to pay a fixed monthly rate of $6,000 for Chief Financial Officer services provided by Ian Rhodes. Pursuant to the terms of the Brio Agreement, Brio Financial is compensated for travel and other out-of-pocket costs and is entitled to indemnification and director and officer insurance. Either we or Brio Financial may terminate the Brio Agreement at any time, for any reason, within 10 days of written notice to the other party. Ian Rhodes, our Chief Financial Officer, is a Director at Brio Financial.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the initial proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completion of our initial business combination will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We are not party to any agreements with our directors and officers that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our directors and officers may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this annual report, by:

●	each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more<br>than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;
●	each of our executive officers and directors; and
---	---
●	all our executive officers and directors as a group.
---	---

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of warrants as they are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this annual report.

The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is based on 24,150,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares and 7,011,288 shares of Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025. offering.

Name<br> and Address of Beneficial Owner^(1)^	Number<br> of<br><br> Class A<br><br> Shares<br><br> Beneficially<br><br> Owned^(2)(6)^
Eric Swider^(3)^		—	—	—	—
Ian Rhodes		—	—	—	—
Alexander Cano		—	—	350,000	1.6	%
Devin G. Nunes^(3)^		—	—	—	—
Jeffrey Smith^(5)^		—	—	200,000	*
Matan Fattal^(6)^		—	—	125,000	*
Randy Lambert		—	—	50,000	*
All directors and officers as a group (seven individuals) Holders of more than 5% of RTAC 1 any class of outstanding ordinary shares		—	—	700,000	3.1	%
International SPAC Management Group I LLC^(3)(4)^		—	—	3,144,273	61.89	%
*	Less<br>than one percent.
---	---
(1)	Unless<br>otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I, 1825 Ponce<br>de Leon Blvd, Suite 260, Coral Gables, Florida 33134.
---	---
(2)	Interests<br>shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will convert into Class A ordinary<br>shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the IPO Prospectus.
---	---
(3)	International<br>SPAC Management Group I LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of 7,011,288 founder shares. Global Client Advisory Group<br>(“GCAG”) is the managing member of the Sponsor. Eric Swider is the managing member of GCAG. Devin Nunes indirectly owns a<br>50% economic interest in the founder shares held by the Sponsor through Sarasota Global, an entity which he controls. Mr. Swider<br>makes all investment and voting decisions with respect to the securities held by the Sponsor, and may be deemed to beneficially own the<br>founder shares held by the Sponsor. Includes 200,000 shares which may be transferred to certain of our advisors for services to us after<br>the completion of the initial public offering and prior to the closing of our initial business combination.
---	---
(4)	Does<br>not include any Class A ordinary shares which may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Convertible Note or Additional Working<br>Capital Loans.
---	---
(5)	Includes<br>150,000 shares which Jeffrey Smith purchased from the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $300,000.
---	---
(6)	Includes<br>75,000 shares which Matan Fattal purchased from the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.
---	---

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Founder Shares

On July 30, 2024, the Sponsor received 9,583,333 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “founder shares”) in exchange for a payment of $25,000 to a vendor. On March 13, 2025, the Sponsor returned to the Company, at no cost, an aggregate of 3,740,591 Founder shares, which the Company cancelled. Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the surrender of 3,740,591 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration on March 13, 2025. On May 14, 2025 the Company issued an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration, resulting in the Sponsor owning 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares as of May 14, 2025. Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Company on May 14, 2025.

Institutional investors (none of which are affiliated with any member of management, the Sponsor or any other investor) (the “non-Sponsor investors”), accredited investors, and certain directors of the Company purchased 1,545,376 Founder shares from the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $3,800,032. The Sponsor purchased 3,821,591 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($3,821,591 in the aggregate) in private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering. As additional consideration to induce certain of the Company’s directors and the non-Sponsor investors to purchase Founder shares from the Sponsor, the Company issued an aggregate of 772,688 of the 3,821,591 private placement warrants to such non-Sponsor investors upon the consummation of the Private Placement, at no additional cost to such non-Sponsor investors.

The Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 500,000 Founder shares to the Company’s independent directors and officers prior to the completion of Initial Public Offering. The Company has estimated the fair value of the 500,000 Founder shares as $850,000 on the date of transfer. The transferred shares are subject to the lock up provisions described below. As such, the Company will not recognize any expense until the initial business combination is probable. The Sponsor may transfer up to an additional 200,000 Founder shares to certain advisors after the completion of the initial public offering and prior to the closing of the Company’s initial business combination.

Up to 914,514 Founder shares held by the Sponsor were subject to forfeiture by the holders thereof depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised, so that the number of Founder shares would collectively represent 22.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the initial public offering. No Founder shares were forfeited as the underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell 90% of the Founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) six months after the completion of an initial business combination and (B) subsequent to an initial business combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $11.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after an initial business combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, 10% of the Founder shares shall not be subject to such restrictions (such date on which the founder shares are no longer subject to restriction, the “Lock-up Expiration Date”).

General and Administrative Services

The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on the effective date of the initial public offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of an initial business combination and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor or an affiliate thereof a monthly fee of $25,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred general and administrative services expenses of $188,970, which are included in formation and operating expenses on the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2025 the Company owed the Sponsor $8,000 under the agreement, which is included in accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

Financial and Accounting Services

On July 26, 2024, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Brio Agreement”) with Brio Financial Group (“Brio Financial”), pursuant to which Brio Financial will provide certain financial and accounting services to the Company, including, but not limited to, assisting the Company with developing and documenting a monthly and quarterly accounting closing process, preparing financial statements, maintaining the Company’s accounting system and its internal debt and equity ledgers, preparing the Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results portion of quarterly and annual reports, and assisting the Company in connection with the Initial Public Offering. Under the Brio Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Brio Financial a fixed price of $16,500 for initial services and a fixed monthly rate of $2,000 for recurring services, which commenced in September 2024. Additionally, the Company agreed to pay a fixed monthly rate of $6,000 for Chief Financial Officer services provided by Ian Rhodes. Pursuant to the terms of the Brio Agreement, Mr. Rhodes will be compensated for travel and other out-of-pocket costs and will be entitled to indemnification and director and officer insurance. Either the Company or Brio Financial may terminate the Brio Agreement at any time, for any reason, within 10 days of written notice to the other party. Mr. Rhodes is a Director at Brio Financial but otherwise does not hold any ownership interest in Brio Financial. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred $36,000 of costs, which were capitalized as deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024 the Company owed Brio Financial $16,500 under the Brio Agreement, which is included in accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred $26,500 of costs, which were accounted for offering costs. In addition, the Company incurred expenses under the Brio Agreement of $67,667, which are included in formation and operating expenses on the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2025 the Company owed Brio Financial $16,000 under the Brio Agreement, which is included in accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

Due from Sponsor

The Company made certain payments on behalf of the Sponsor. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Sponsor owes the Company $4,540 and $0, respectively.

Unsecured Promissory Note

On March 10, 2025, the Sponsor entered into an agreement with the Company to loan the Company up to $300,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portion of the expenses of the initial public offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and became due at the closing of the initial public offering. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

Convertible Promissory Note

Upon the completion of the initial public offering, the Company issued the Sponsor a convertible promissory note (the “Working Capital Convertible Note”) in the principal amount of up to $639,375 which the Company may draw down in its sole discretion, from time to time in order to pay for working capital expenses or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Any principal amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Convertible Note may be converted into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 per share and (ii) the volume weighted average price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 20 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the loans are converted (“Note Conversion VWAP”), at the option of the Sponsor. Any amount that is not converted into Class A ordinary shares will be repaid in cash on the maturity date. The maturity date of the Working Capital Convertible Note will be the earlier of (i) the Lock-up Expiration Date and (ii) the date that the Company’s winding up becomes effective. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

Working Capital Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of an initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon completion of an initial business combination into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of $8.00 and the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of the lender. The shares issuable upon conversion of such loans would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the Public Units in the initial public offering. In the event that an initial business combination is not consummated, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

Related Party Transactions

Policy

In connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

Prior to the closing of our initial public offering, we adopted a Code of Ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board of directors) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our Code of Ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter adopted prior to the consummation of the initial public offering, is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee constitutes a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee is required to approve a related party transaction. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or to our directors or officers, or our or any of their respective affiliates.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or our directors or officers unless we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or from a valuation or appraisal firm that our initial business combination is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. In addition, pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

Furthermore, there will be no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments made by us to Sponsor, Sponsor Investors, or to our directors or officers, or our or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, other than the following payments, which if made prior to our initial business combination, will be made from funds held outside the trust account or, if made after the completion of the initial business combination, from any amounts remaining from the proceeds of the trust account released to us in connection therewith:

●	repayment of payments to vendors by Sponsor to cover offering-related<br>and organizational expenses;
●	repayment of the Working Capital Convertible Note made by<br>Sponsor to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, in the principal amount of up to $639,375,<br>which we may draw down in our sole discretion, from time to time. Any principal amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Convertible<br>Note may be convertible into Class A ordinary shares of the post-business combination entity, at a conversion price per share equal to<br>the lower of (i) $8.00 and (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of Sponsor. The shares issuable upon conversion of the Working<br>Capital Convertible Note would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the units of the initial public<br>offering;
---	---
●	payment to our sponsor or an affiliate thereof of a total<br>of $25,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services;
---	---
●	aggregate payment of up to approximately $6,000 per month<br>in salary paid to Ian Rhodes for performing services in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer prior to the consummation of our initial<br>business combination;
---	---
●	payment of customary fees for financial advisory services;
---	---
●	reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying,<br>investigating and completing an initial business combination; and
---	---
●	repayment of loans which may be made by Sponsor, Sponsor Investors,<br>any of their respective affiliates or certain of our directors and officers to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended<br>initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect<br>thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Class A ordinary shares of the post-business combination entity, at a<br>conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 and (ii) the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of the lender. The shares<br>issuable upon conversion of such loans would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the units of the<br>initial public offering.
---	---

The above payments may be funded using the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not held in the trust account (other than any Permitted Withdrawals) or, upon completion of the initial business combination, from any amounts remaining from the proceeds of the trust account released to us in connection therewith.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. We have three “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our audit committee is entirely composed of independent directors meeting Nasdaq’s additional requirements applicable to members of the audit committee. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The firm of Adeptus Partners, LLC, or Adeptus, acts as our independent registered public accounting firm.

The Company incurred audit fees with Adeptus of $70,000 and $20,000, for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024. The Company did not incur any audit related fees, tax fees, or other fees.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our initial public offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits,

Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)	The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
(1)	Financial Statements:
---	---
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
---	---
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-3
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-6
Notes to financial statements	F-7
(2)	Financial Statement Schedules:
---	---

None.

(3)	Exhibits.

We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025)
4.1	Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 13, 2025)
4.2	Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 13, 2025)
4.3	Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 13, 2025)
4.4	Warrant Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, by and between the Company and Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company (Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.1	Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, between the Company and the Sponsor (Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.2	Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, by and between the Company and Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, by and among the Company, the Sponsor and other Holders (as defined therein) (Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.4	Letter Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, certain investors in the Sponsor and each of the initial shareholders, directors and officers of the Company (Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.5	Letter Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, by and among the Company and certain non-Sponsor investors of the Company (Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.6	Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2025, between the Company and Sponsor (Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.7	Form of Indemnification Agreement (Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
10.8	Working Capital Convertible Note, dated as of May 16, 2025, issued to Sponsor (Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2025, incorporated by reference herein)
19.1*	Insider Trading Policy
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Director Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
97.1*	Compensation Recovery Policy
101.NS	Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because the XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.DRF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	Cover Page Interaction Data File (formatted as inline XBRL with application taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibit 101).
*	Filed herewith.
---	---

Item

16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Coral Gables, State of Florida, on the 13th of March 2026.

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I
By:	/s/ Eric Swider
Name:	Eric Swider
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

By:	/s/ Eric Swider
Name:	Eric Swider
Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Date:	March 13, 2026
By:	/s/ Ian Rhodes
Name:	Ian Rhodes
Title:	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Date:	March 13, 2026
By:	/s/ Devin G. Nunes
Name:	Devin G. Nunes
Title:	Director
Date:	March 13, 2026
By:	/s/ Jeffrey Smith
Name:	Jeffrey Smith
Title:	Director
Date:	March 13, 2026
By:	/s/ Matan Fattal
Name:	Matan Fattal
Title:	Director
Date:	March 13, 2026
By:	/s/ Randy Lambert
Name:	Randy Lambert
Title:	Director
Date:	March 13, 2026

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-3
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024	F-6
Notes to financial statements	F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING

FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, management has determined that given the liquidity condition and the date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, the Company plans to consummate a Business Combination prior to the mandatory liquidation date. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Adeptus Partners, LLC

Adeptus Partners, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

Ocean, New Jersey March 13, 2026 PCAOB ID: 3686

F-2

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

BALANCE SHEETS

			December 31, <br> 2024
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash	4,031		$	-
Due from Sponsor	4,540			-
Prepaid expenses	419,562			26,577
Total Current Assets	428,133			26,577
Cash held in Trust	248,183,492			-
Deferred offering costs	-			597,798
Total Assets	248,611,625		$	624,375
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	40,100		$	599,375
Total Current Liabilities	40,100			599,375
Non-Current Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	1,680,435			-
Convertible note	250,000			-
Deferred underwriting fee	8,452,500			-
Total Non-Current Liabilities	10,382,935			-
Total Liabilities	10,423,035			599,375
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Class A ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value; 24,150,000 and 0 shares subject to possible redemption at 10.28 and 0.00 per share as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively	248,183,492			-
Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity:
Preference shares, 0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	-			-
Class A ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding	-			-
Class B ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 7,011,288 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)	701			701
Additional paid-in capital	-			24,299
Accumulated deficit	(9,995,603	)		-
Total Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity	(9,994,902	)		25,000
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity	248,611,625		$	624,375

All values are in US Dollars.

(1)	Includes an aggregate of up to 914,514 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5). No Class B ordinary shares were forfeited as the underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option (see Note 5).

(2)	Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the surrender of 3,740,591 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration on March 13, 2025 and the issuance of an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration on May 14, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended <br><br>December 31, <br> 2025			For the<br><br>period from<br><br>July 2,<br><br>2024<br><br>(inception) through<br><br>December 31,<br><br>2024
Formation and operating expenses	$	1,025,873		$	-
TOTAL EXPENSES		1,025,873			-
OTHER INCOME
Income earned on cash held in Trust Account		6,079,742			-
Income earned on cash held in operating account		1,873			-
TOTAL OTHER INCOME		6,081,615			-
Net Income	$	5,055,742		$	-
Weighted average of redeemable shares outstanding basic and diluted		15,259,615			-
Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share	$	0.35		$	0.00
Weighted average of non-redeemable shares outstanding basic and diluted^(1)(2)^		7,011,288			4,326,923
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share	$	(0.05	)	$	0.00

(1)	For the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, excludes an aggregate of up to 914,514 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5). No Class B ordinary shares were forfeited as the underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option (see Note 5).

(2)	Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the surrender of 3,740,591 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration on March 13, 2025 and the issuance of an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration on May 14, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’

(DEFICIT) EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND FOR

THE PERIOD FROM JULY 2, 2024 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2024

	Class B<br> <br>Ordinary Shares				Additional<br> <br>Paid-In			Accumulated			Shareholders’
	Shares		Amount		Capital			Deficit			Deficit
Balance, December 31, 2024 ^(1)(2)^		7,011,288	$	701	$	24,299		$	-		$	25,000
Net loss		-		-		-			-			-
Balance, March 31, 2025		7,011,288		701		24,299			-			25,000
Private warrants, proceeds		-		-		3,821,591			-			3,821,591
Public warrants, fair value		-		-		4,557,833			-			4,557,833
Offering costs allocated to public and private warrants		-		-		(244,775	)		-			(244,775	)
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		(8,158,948	)		(10,212,409	)		(18,371,357	)
Net income		-		-		-			794,834			794,834
Balance, June 30, 2025		7,011,288		701		-			(9,417,575	)		(9,416,874	)
Net income		-		-					2,176,664			2,176,664
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-					(2,512,269	)		(2,512,269	)
Balance, September 30, 2025		7,011,288		701		-			(9,753,180	)		(9,752,479	)
Net income		-		-		-			2,084,244			2,084,244
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-			(2,326,667	)		(2,326,667	)
Balance, December 31, 2025		7,011,288		701	$	-		$	(9,995,603	)	$	(9,994,902	)
	Class B<br> <br>Ordinary Shares				Additional<br> <br>Paid-In		Accumulated		Shareholders’
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Shares		Amount		Capital		Deficit		Equity
Balance, July 2, 2024 (inception)		-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Issuance of founder shares		7,011,288		701		24,299		-		25,000
Balance, December 31, 2024^(1)(2)^		7,011,288	$	701	$	24,299	$	-	$	25,000

(1)	Includes an aggregate of up to 914,514 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5). No Class B ordinary shares were forfeited as the underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option (see Note 5).

(2)	Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the surrender of 3,740,591 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration on March 13, 2025 and the issuance of an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration on May 14, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the <br><br>Year Ended December 31, <br><br>2025			For the <br><br>period from <br><br>July 2, <br><br>2024 (inception) through <br><br>December 31, <br><br>2024
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income	$	5,055,742		$	-
Interest earned on cash held in Trust Account		(6,079,742	)		-
Changes in assets/liabilities to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Prepaid expenses		(392,985	)		-
Accrued expenses		425,037			-
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities		(991,948	)		-
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Net advances to Sponsor		(4,540	)		-
Cash deposited into Trust		(242,103,750	)		-
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		(242,108,290	)		-
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from Convertible Note		250,000
Proceeds from issuance of Class A ordinary shares		241,500,000			-
Proceeds from private placement		3,821,591			-
Payment of offering costs		(2,467,322	)		-
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities		243,104,269			-
Net change in cash		4,031
Cash at beginning of period		-
Cash at end of period	$	4,031		$	-
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities:
Issuance of Class B shares to the Sponsor in exchange for a payment to a vendor	$	-		$	25,000
Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs	$	-		$	599,375
Offering costs charged to additional paid-in capital included in deferred underwriting fee	$	8,452,500		$	-
Offering costs charged to additional paid-in capital included in accrued expenses	$	1,295,498		$	-
Accretion of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption	$	6,079,742		$	-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

RENATUS TACTICAL ACQUISITION CORP I

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on July 2, 2024. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, however, it intends to focus its search on high potential businesses based in the United States. The Company is an early-stage and emerging growth company; and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early-stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from July 2, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), and search for a Business Combination opportunity, which are described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of an initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

On May 16, 2025, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 24,150,000 units (the “Public Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares and public warrants included in the Public Units, the “Public Shares”, and “Public Warrants”, respectively), including 3,150,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Public Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $241,500,000 (the “Public Proceeds”).

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company completed the private sale of 3,821,591 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) to International SPAC Management Group I LLC (the “Sponsor”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $3,821,591 (the “Private Proceeds” and together with the Public Proceeds, the “Offering Proceeds”). The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering (see Note 8).

Transaction costs amounted to $12,213,743, consisting of $1,207,500 of cash underwriting fee, $8,452,500 of deferred underwriting fee, and $2,553,743 of other offering costs.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The stock exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting commissions and Permitted Withdrawals on the interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Account). The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, management has agreed that $10.025 per unit sold in the Initial Public Offering, including proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, will be held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

F-7

The Company will provide the holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer in connection with the Business Combination. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.025 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest then in the Trust Account), net of taxes payable for the Company’s franchise and income taxes (“Permitted Withdrawals”). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Private Placement Warrants. The Public Shares subject to redemption were recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

If the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires a resolution be passed by a majority of the holders of the Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (the “Class A ordinary shares”) and the Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (the “Class B ordinary shares,” and together with the Class A ordinary shares, the “ordinary shares”) as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company, or such other vote as required by law or stock exchange rule. If a shareholder vote is not required under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Articles”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem its Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination and waive its redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem its Public Shares without voting and, if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Articles provide that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment.

If the Company has not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (or up to 30 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering if the Company’s board of directors elects to extend, by resolution, the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by two three-month increments) (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned and not previously released to pay the Permitted Withdrawals, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

F-8

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares it will receive if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive its rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per unit ($10.025).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.025 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.025 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, the Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor has it independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations, and the Company believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, the Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for the Company’s initial Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.025 per Public Share. In such event, the Company may not be able to complete its initial Business Combination, and the Public Shareholders would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of their Public Shares. None of the Company’s officers or directors will indemnify the Company for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Going Concern

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has cash of $4,031 and working capital of $388,033. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. The Company anticipates that the cash held outside of the Trust Account of $4,031 will not be sufficient to allow the Company to operate in the next twelve months. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-9

Risks and Uncertainties

Various social and political circumstances in the United States and around the world (including wars and other forms of conflict, rising trade tensions between the United States and China, uncertainties regarding actual and potential shifts in the policies of the United States related to foreign policy, trade policy, economic policy and other policies with other countries, terrorist acts, security operations and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and global health epidemics), may contribute to increased market volatility and economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. Specifically, the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, and resulting market volatility could adversely affect the Company’s ability to complete a Business Combination. In response to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the United States. and other countries have imposed sanctions or other restrictive actions against Russia. Any of the above factors, including sanctions, export controls, tariffs, trade wars and other governmental actions, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to complete a Business Combination and the value of the Company’s securities. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

F-10

Related Parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operational decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering” and Topic 5T — “Accounting for Expenses or Liabilities Paid by Principal Stockholder(s).”

Deferred offering costs consist of costs incurred in connection with preparation for the Initial Public Offering, which include professional and registration fees incurred. Deferred offering costs, together with the underwriting discounts and commissions, were allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had deferred offering costs of $0 and $597,798, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements.

Net Income (loss) per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Income and losses are shared pro rata to the Ordinary Shares. Net income per Ordinary Share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Accretion associated with the redeemable Ordinary Shares is excluded from income per Ordinary Share as the redemption value approximates fair value. The calculation of diluted income per Ordinary Share does not consider the effect of the Warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement or the potential dilution from the convertible note since their exercise is contingent upon future events. As a result, diluted net income per ordinary share is the same as basic net income per ordinary share.

F-11

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended

| Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share numerator: | | | | | | |

| Interest income | $ | 6,081,025 | | $ | 590 | |

| Less: Allocation of expenses | | (702,909 | ) | | (322,964 | ) |

| Total | $ | 5,378,116 | | $ | (322,374 | ) | | Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share denominator: | | 15,259,615 | | | 7,011,288 | |

| Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share | $ | 0.35 | | $ | (0.05 | ) |

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit and cash held in the trust with a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) limit. As of December 31, 2025, the cash held did not exceed the FDIC limit As of December 31, 2025, the cash held in the trust in excess of the SIPC limit was $247,933,492. Any loss incurred or a lack of access to such funds could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Cash Held in Trust Account

On December 31, 2025, the Company had $248,183,492 in cash held in the Trust Account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid to transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

●	Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;
●	Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and
---	---
●	Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
---	---

F-12

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The fair value of the cash held in the Trust Account is measured under Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Warrant Instruments

The Company accounts for the Public Warrants issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” Under ASC 815-40, the Public Warrants and the Private Placement Warrants meet the criteria for equity treatment and as such will be recorded in shareholder’s equity. If the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants no longer meet the criteria for equity treatment, they will be recorded as a liability and remeasured each period with changes recorded in the statements of operations.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Redemption

The Public Shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company classifies the Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, on December 31, 2025, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheets.

F-13

On December 31, 2025, the Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	241,500,000

| Less: Proceeds allocated to public warrants | | (4,557,833 | ) |

| Less: Class A ordinary share issuance costs | | (11,968,968 | ) |

| Add: Accretion of carrying value to redemption value | | 17,130,551 | |

| Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption May 16, 2025 | | 242,103,750 | |

| Add: Accretion of carrying value to redemption value | | 1,240,806 | |

| Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption June 30, 2025 | | 243,344,556 | |

| Add: Accretion of carrying value to redemption value | | 2,512,269 | |

| Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption September 30, 2025 | | 245,856,825 | |

| Add: Accretion of carrying value to redemption value | | 2,326,667 | |

| Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption December 31, 2025 | $ | 248,183,492 | |

Recent Accounting Standards

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2023-07 — Segment Reporting — Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”). This update requires public entities to disclose its significant segment expense categories and amounts for each reportable segment. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. As of December 31, 2025, the Company reported its operations as a single reportable segment, noting no disaggregation of Company activities, management or allocation of resources by geographic region, business activity or organizational method, thus this new guidance does not affect the disclosures. See Note 10 for further information.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 24,150,000 at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit. Each Public Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per full share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8).

Effective June 9, 2025, holders of the Company’s Units may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary shares and Public Warrants included in the Units.

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company, in a private placement, sold 3,821,591 Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8). The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of an initial Business Combination, subject to certain exceptions.

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTIES

Founder Shares

On July 30, 2024, the Sponsor received 9,583,333 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) in exchange for a payment of $25,000 to a vendor. On March 13, 2025, the Sponsor returned to the Company, at no cost, an aggregate of 3,740,591 Founder Shares, which the Company cancelled. Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the surrender of 3,740,591 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration on March 13, 2025. On May 14, 2025 the Company issued an additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for no consideration, resulting in the Sponsor owning 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares as of May 14, 2025. Shares and associated accounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional 1,168,548 Class B ordinary shares to the Company on May 14, 2025.

F-14

Institutional investors (none of which are affiliated with any member of management, the Sponsor or any other investor) (the “non-Sponsor investors”), accredited investors, and certain directors of the Company purchased 1,545,376 Founder Shares from the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $3,800,032. The Sponsor purchased 3,821,591 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($3,821,591 in the aggregate) in Private Placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering. As additional consideration to induce certain of the Company’s directors and the non-Sponsor investors to purchase Founder Shares from the Sponsor, the Company issued an aggregate of 772,688 of the 3,821,591 Private Placement Warrants to such non-Sponsor investors upon the consummation of the Private Placement, at no additional cost to such non-Sponsor investors.

The Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 500,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors and officers prior to the completion of Initial Public Offering. The Company has estimated the fair value of the 500,000 Founder Shares as $850,000 on the date of transfer. The transferred shares are subject to the lock up provisions described below. As such, the Company will not recognize any expense until the Initial Business Combination is probable. The Sponsor may transfer up to an additional 200,000 Founder Shares to certain advisors after the completion of the Initial Public Offering and prior to the closing of the Company’s initial business combination.

Up to 914,514 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor were subject to forfeiture by the holders thereof depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares would collectively represent 22.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. No Founder Shares were forfeited as the underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell 90% of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) six months after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $11.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, 10% of the Founder Shares shall not be subject to such restrictions (such date on which the founder shares are no longer subject to restriction, the “Lock-up Expiration Date”).

General and Administrative Services

The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor or an affiliate thereof a monthly fee of $25,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred general and administrative services expenses of $188,970, which are included in formation and operating expenses on the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2025 the Company owed the Sponsor $8,000 under the agreement, which is included in accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

Financial and Accounting Services

F-15

Due from Sponsor

The Company made certain payments on behalf of the Sponsor. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Sponsor owes the Company $4,540 and $0, respectively.

Unsecured Promissory Note

On March 10, 2025, the Sponsor entered into an agreement with the Company to loan the Company up to $300,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Initial Public Offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and became due at the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

Convertible Promissory Note

Upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the Company issued the Sponsor a convertible promissory note (the “Working Capital Convertible Note”) in the principal amount of up to $639,375 which the Company may draw down in its sole discretion, from time to time in order to pay for working capital expenses or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination. Any principal amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Convertible Note may be converted into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of (i) $8.00 per share and (ii) the volume weighted average price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 20 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the loans are converted (“Note Conversion VWAP”), at the option of the Sponsor. Any amount that is not converted into Class A ordinary shares will be repaid in cash on the maturity date. The maturity date of the Working Capital Convertible Note will be the earlier of (i) the Lock-up Expiration Date and (ii) the date that the Company’s winding up becomes effective. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

Working Capital Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into Class A ordinary shares, at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of $8.00 and the Note Conversion VWAP, at the option of the lender. The shares issuable upon conversion of such loans would be identical to the Class A ordinary shares that are sold as a part of the Public Units in the Initial Public Offering. In the event that a Business Combination is not consummated, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Company did not borrow any monies under this loan agreement.

F-16

NOTE 6 — CONVERTIBLE NOTE

On July 24, 2025, the Company issued a convertible promissory note (the “Convertible Note”) in the principal amount of $250,000 with an interest rate of 0% to an investor of the Company. The principal balance is payable by the Company upon the earlier of: (i) the date of the consummation of the initial business combination and (ii) the date that the winding up of the Company is effective. Any principal amounts outstanding under the Investor Convertible Note may be converted into a number of units of the Company, each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant of one Class A ordinary share, equal to (A) the outstanding principal amount to be converted, divided by (B) $5.00; provided, however, that the Investor Convertible Note shall only be convertible upon, and subject to, the closing of an Initial Business Combination. The units issuable upon conversion of the Investor Convertible Note will be identical to the Public Units that were sold in the Initial Public Offering. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there was $250,000 and $0, respectively outstanding under the Convertible Note.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Convertible Note or Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to the Initial Public Offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A ordinary shares). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not be required to effect or permit any registration or cause any registration statement to become effective until the securities covered thereby are released from their lock-up restrictions. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 3,150,000 additional Public Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters fully exercised the over-allotment option as of May 16, 2025.

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $0.05 per unit, or $1,207,500, which was paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Public Unit, or up to $8,452,500 in the aggregate, payable based on the percentage of funds remaining in the Trust Account after redemptions of Public Shares. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Service Providers Fees

Certain service providers have agreed to defer the payment of certain fees and expenses until the completion of the initial Business Combination. The amount as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $1,680,435 and $0, respectively.

NOTE 8 — SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding, excluding 24,150,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption as of December 31, 2025.

F-17

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were 7,011,288 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Only holders of the Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors of the Company’s board prior to the Business Combination. Holders of ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders except as otherwise required by law. In connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination, it may enter into a shareholders agreement or other arrangements with the shareholders of the target or other investors to provide for voting or other corporate governance arrangements that differ from those in effect upon completion of the Initial Public Offering.

The Founder Shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert at a ratio of one-for-one into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company does not consummate an initial Business Combination) at the time of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

NOTE 9 — WARRANTS

There were 15,896,591 warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2025, including 12,075,000 Public Warrants and 3,821,591 Private Placement Warrants. There were no warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2024. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Public Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary share pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of residence of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and within 60 business days following a Business Combination to have declared effective, a registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

F-18

Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A ordinary share Equals or Exceeds $18.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

●	in whole and not in part;

●	at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

●	upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, or the 30-day redemption period to each warrant holder; and

●	if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganization, recapitalizations and the like)

●	for any 10 trading days within a 20-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

If the Company calls the warrants for redemption as described in this paragraph, its management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise their warrant following the notice of redemption to do so on a cashless basis. In the case of such a cashless exercise, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the Public Warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” as used in the preceding sentence shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Public Warrants. If its management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Class A ordinary shares to be received upon exercise of the Public Warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case.

The Company has established the $18.00 per share (as adjusted) redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the Public Warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and the Company issues a notice of redemption of the Public Warrants, each Public Warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its Public Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A ordinary shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price, as well as the $11.50 Public Warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its initial Business Combination at less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by its board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or its affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of its initial Business Combination on the date of the completion of its initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of Class A ordinary shares during the 20 day trading period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants will be identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Public Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions.

F-19

NOTE 10 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, establishes standards for companies to report, in their financial statements, information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses, and for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the assets, operating results, and financial metrics for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one reporting segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources based on net income or loss that also is reported on the statements of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheets as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics included in net income or loss and total assets.

Formation and operating expenses are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a business combination or similar transaction within the Combination Period. The CODM also reviews formation and operating expenses to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and budget. Formation and operating expenses, as reported on the statements of operations, are the significant segment expenses provided to the CODM on a regular basis.

	As of December 31,<br> 2025		As of December 31, <br> 2024

| Cash | $ | 4,031 | $ | - |

| Due from Sponsor | | 4,540 | | - |

| Prepaid expenses | | 419,562 | | 26,577 |

| Cash held in Trust | | 248,183,492 | | - |

| Deferred offering costs | | - | | 597,798 |

| Total Assets | $ | 248,611,625 | $ | 624,375 |

All other segment items included in net income (loss) are reported on the statements of operations and described within their respective disclosures.

NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the $248,183,492 cash held in trust is measured under Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the Public and Private Warrants is measured under Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as of May 16, 2025. The fair value of Public Warrants was determined using Black-Scholes Simulation Model. The expected term of the warrant is based on the actual term of the warrant in the event of a successful business combination. The probability of an initial business combination is based on historical data from SPACs that have successfully completed an IPO and then gone on to complete a business combination. The volatility is based on historical volatility of comparable publicly traded SPACs.

The Public Warrants have been classified within shareholders’ equity and will not require remeasurement after issuance.

The market assumptions used to determine fair value as follows:

	As of<br> May 16,<br> 2025

| Dividends | $ | 0 | |

| Risk Free Rate | | 4.06 | % |

| Probability of an Initial Business Combination | | 45 | % |

| Volatility | | 6.0 | % |

NOTE 12 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through March 13, 2026, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-20

Exhibit 19.1

Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I

Statement of Policy Concerning Trading in Company Securities

Adopted May 14, 2025

Tableof Contents

			Page No.
I.	SUMMARY OF POLICY CONCERNING TRADING IN COMPANY SECURITIES		1
II.	THE USE OF INSIDE INFORMATION IN CONNECTION WITH TRADING IN SECURITIES		1
	A.	General Rule	1
	B.	Who Does the Policy Apply To?	2
	C.	Other Companies’ Securities	3
	D.	Hedging and Derivatives	3
	E.	Pledging of Securities, Margin Accounts	3
	F.	Standing Orders	4
	G.	Gifts	4
	H.	General Guidelines	4
	I.	Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans	7
	J.	Applicability of U.S. Securities Laws to International Transactions	8
III.	OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS		8
	A.	Public Resales – Rule 144	8
	B.	Private Resales	9
	C.	Underwriter Lock-Up Agreements	10
	D.	Restrictions on Purchases of Company Securities	10
	E.	Disgorgement of Profits on Short-Swing Transactions – Section 16(b)	10
	F.	Prohibition of Short Sales	11
	G.	Filing Requirements	12
IV.	MISCELLANEOUS		13
	A.	Violations of Insider Trading Laws or this Policy	13
	B.	Amendments	14

I.	SUMMARY OF POLICY CONCERNING TRADING IN COMPANY SECURITIES

It is Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I’s and its subsidiaries’ (collectively, the “Company”) policy that it will, without exception, comply with all applicable laws and regulations in conducting its business. Each employee and each director is expected to abide by this policy. When carrying out Company business, employees and directors must avoid any activity that violates applicable laws or regulations. In order to avoid even an appearance of impropriety, the Company’s directors, officers and certain other employees are subject to pre-approval requirements and other limitations on their ability to enter into transactions involving the Company’s securities. Although these limitations do not apply to transactions pursuant to written plans for trading securities that comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the entry into, amendment or termination of any such written trading plan is subject to pre-approval requirements and other limitations.

II.	THE USE OF INSIDE INFORMATION IN CONNECTION WITH TRADING IN SECURITIES
A.	General Rule.
---	---

The U.S. securities laws regulate the sale and purchase of securities in the interest of protecting the investing public. U.S. securities laws give the Company, its officers and directors, and other employees the responsibility to ensure that information about the Company is not used unlawfully in the purchase and sale of securities.

All employees and directors should pay particularly close attention to the laws against trading on “inside” information. These laws are based upon the belief that all persons trading in a company’s securities should have equal access to all “material” information about that company. For example, if an employee or a director of a company knows material non-public financial information, that employee or director is prohibited from buying or selling shares in the company until the information has been disclosed to the public. This is because the employee or director knows information that will probably cause the share price to change, and it would be unfair for the employee or director to have an advantage (knowledge that the share price will change) that the rest of the investing public does not have. In fact, it is more than unfair; it is considered to be fraudulent and illegal. Civil and criminal penalties for this kind of activity are severe. For the purposes of this policy, the term “trade” includes any transaction in the Company securities, including gifts and pledges.

The general rule can be stated as follows: It is a violation of federal securities laws for any person to buy or sell securities if he or she is in possession of material inside information. Information is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making an investment decision. It is inside information if it has not been publicly disclosed in a manner making it available to investors generally on a broad-based non-exclusionary basis. Furthermore, it is illegal for any person in possession of material inside information to provide other people with such information or to recommend that they buy or sell the securities. (This is called “tipping”). In that case, they may both be held liable.

For the purposes of this policy, information will be considered public after the close of trading on the second full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of the information. For purposes of this policy, if such public disclosure occurs on a trading day before the markets close, then that day shall be considered the first trading day. If such public disclosure occurs after the markets close on a trading day, then the date of public disclosure shall not be considered the first trading day following the date of public disclosure.

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the stock exchanges and plaintiffs’ lawyers focus on uncovering insider trading. A breach of the insider trading laws could expose the insider to criminal fines up to three times the profits earned and imprisonment up to ten years, in addition to civil penalties (up to three times of the profits earned), and injunctive actions. In addition, punitive damages may be imposed under applicable state laws. Securities laws also subject controlling persons to civil penalties for illegal insider trading by employees, including employees located outside the United States. Controlling persons include directors, officers, and supervisors. These persons may be subject to fines up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times profit (or loss avoided) by the insider trader.

Inside information does not belong to the individual directors, officers or other employees who may handle it or otherwise become knowledgeable about it. It is an asset of the Company. For any person to use such information for personal benefit or to disclose it to others outside the Company violates the Company’s interests. More particularly, in connection with trading in the Company’s securities, it is a fraud against members of the investing public and against the Company.

Any employee who is unsure whether the information that they possess is material or nonpublic must consult the Company’s Chief Executive Officer for guidance before trading in any Company securities.

B.	Who Does the Policy Apply To?

The prohibition against trading on inside information applies to directors, officers, employees, their family members and affiliates and to all other people who gain access to that information. The prohibition applies to both domestic and international employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Because of their access to confidential information on a regular basis, Company policy subjects its directors and certain employees (the “Window Group”) to additional restrictions on trading in Company securities. The restrictions for the Window Group are discussed in Section II.F below. In addition, directors and certain employees with inside knowledge of material information may be subject to ad hoc restrictions on trading from time to time.

Every director, officer and employee of the Company has the individual responsibility and must take appropriate measures to cause such person’s family members to comply with this policy regardless of whether a transaction is executed outside a blackout period or is pre-cleared by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The restrictions and procedures are intended to help avoid inadvertent instances of improper insider trading, but appropriate judgment should always be exercised by each director, officer and employee of the Company in connection with any transaction in the Company’s securities. Employees, officers and directors of the Company are responsible for ensuring compliance with this policy by their family members.

For purposes of this policy, “family members” include immediate family, people who live with you or are financially dependent on you and include family members who live elsewhere but whose transactions in securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control. For purposes of this policy, an “officer” means an “officer” as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act.

C.	Other Companies’ Securities.

Employees and directors who learn material information about suppliers, customers, or competitors through their work at the Company, should keep it confidential and not buy or sell securities in such companies until the information becomes public. Employees and directors should not give tips about such securities.

D.	Hedging and Derivatives.

Employees and directors are prohibited from engaging in any hedging transactions (including transactions involving options, puts, calls, prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds or other derivatives) that are designed to hedge or speculate on any change in the market value of the Company’s equity securities. Any such transaction is, in effect, a bet on the short-term movement of the Company’s stock, creates the appearance of trading based on inside information and may focus attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives.

Trading in options or other derivatives is generally highly speculative and very risky. People who buy options are betting that the share price will move rapidly. For that reason, when a person trades in options in his or her employer’s securities, it will arouse suspicion in the eyes of the SEC that the person was trading on the basis of inside information, particularly where the trading occurs before a company announcement or major event. It is difficult for an employee or director to prove that he or she did not know about the announcement or event.

If the SEC or the stock exchanges were to notice active options trading by one or more employees or directors of the Company prior to an announcement, they would investigate. Such an investigation could be embarrassing to the Company (as well as expensive) and could result in severe penalties and expense for the persons involved. For all of these reasons, the Company prohibits its employees and directors from trading in options or other derivative securities involving the Company’s securities. This policy does not pertain to employee share options granted by the Company. Employee share options cannot be traded.

E.	Pledging of Securities, Margin Accounts.

Pledged securities may be sold by the pledgee without the pledgor’s consent under certain conditions. For example, securities held in a margin account may be sold by a broker without the customer’s consent if the customer fails to meet a margin call. Because such a sale may occur at a time when an employee or a director has material inside information or is otherwise not permitted to trade in Company securities, the Company prohibits employees and directors from pledging Company securities in any circumstance, including by purchasing Company securities on margin or holding Company securities in a margin account.

F.	Standing Orders.

Standing orders should be used only for a very brief period of time. A standing order placed with a broker or other nominee to sell or purchase stock at a specified price leaves an employee, officer or director of the Company with no control over the timing of the transaction. A standing order transaction executed by the broker or other nominee when such employee, officer or director of the Company is aware of material nonpublic information may result in unlawful insider trading.

G.	Gifts

Because charitable and other nonprofit organizations may sell securities given to them very soon after receiving them, and because there is also the potential for manipulation (or perceived manipulation) by the donor to gain a larger tax deduction by donating securities before the release of material negative news, charitable gifts may not be made at a time when the donor is aware of material nonpublic information.

H.	General Guidelines.

The following guidelines should be followed in order to ensure compliance with applicable antifraud laws and with the Company’s policies:

1. Nondisclosure. Material inside information must not be disclosed to anyone, except to persons within the Company whose positions require them to know it.

Only designated company spokespersons are authorized to disclose material nonpublic information. U.S. federal securities laws prohibit the Company from selectively disclosing material nonpublic information. The Company has established procedures for releasing material information in a manner that is designed to achieve broad dissemination of the information immediately upon its release. Employees may not, therefore, disclose material nonpublic information to anyone outside the Company, including family members and friends, other than in accordance with those established procedures. Any inquiries about the Company should be directed to our Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, the Company’s legal advisors will be involved in handling legal matters that may involve certain disclosures.

2. Trading in Company Securities. No employee or director should place a purchase or sale order, or recommend that another person place a purchase or sale order, or otherwise engage in any action to take personal advantage of that information, in the Company’s securities when he or she has knowledge of material information concerning the Company that has not been disclosed to the public. It is important to avoid the appearance, as well as the fact, of trading based on material nonpublic information. This includes orders for purchases and sales of shares and convertible securities. The exercise of employee share options is not subject to this policy. However, shares that were acquired upon exercise of a share option will be treated like any other shares and may not be sold by an employee who is in possession of material inside information. Any employee or director who possesses material inside information should wait until the start of the third business day after the information has been publicly released before trading.

Each person subject to this policy may, from time to time, have to forego a proposed transaction, even if they planned to make the transaction before learning material nonpublic information and even if they may suffer economic loss or forego anticipated profit by waiting.

3. Avoid Speculation. Investing in the Company’s common shares provides an opportunity to share in the future growth of the Company. But investment in the Company and sharing in the growth of the Company does not mean short range speculation based on fluctuations in the market. Such activities put the personal gain of the employee or director in conflict with the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Although this policy does not mean that employees or directors may never sell shares, the Company encourages employees and directors to avoid frequent trading in Company securities. Speculating in Company securities is not part of the Company culture.

4. Trading in Other Securities. No employee or director may place a purchase or sale order, or otherwise engage in any action to take personal advantage of that information, or recommend that another person place a purchase or sale order, in the securities of another corporation if the employee or director learns in the course of his or her employment confidential information about the other corporation. For example, it would be a violation of the securities laws if an employee or director learned through Company sources that the Company intended to purchase assets from a company, and then placed an order to buy or sell securities in that other company. Civil and criminal penalties and termination of employment or removal from our Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) may result from trading on inside information regarding the Company’s business partners. All Company employees should treat material nonpublic information about the Company’s business partners with the same care required with respect to information related directly to the Company.

5. Trading Blackout Period. To ensure compliance with this policy and applicable securities laws, and to avoid even the appearance of trading on the basis of inside information, the Company requires that the Window Group refrain from conducting transactions involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities during the blackout periods established below. Each of the following periods will constitute a “blackout period”:

The period commencing on the 16th day of the last month of a fiscal quarter and ending at the close of business on the second trading day following the date of public disclosure of the Company’s financial results for such fiscal quarter. If such public disclosure occurs after the markets close on a trading day, then the date of public disclosure shall not be considered the first trading day following the date of public disclosure.

In addition to the blackout periods described above, the Company may announce “special” blackout periods from time to time if, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or the Company’s, there are nonpublic developments that would be considered material for insider trading law purposes, such as, among other things, developments relating to regulatory matters, litigation or a major corporate transaction. Depending on the circumstances, a “special” blackout period may apply to the Window Group or only to a specific group of within Window Group. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer will provide written notice to the Window Group subject to a “special” blackout period. Any person made aware of the existence of a “special” blackout period should not disclose the existence of the “special” blackout period to any other person. The failure of the Company to designate a person as being subject to a “special” blackout period will not relieve that person of the obligation not to trade while the person is aware of any material nonpublic information concerning the Company. As used in this policy, the term “blackout period” shall mean all periodic blackout periods and all “special” blackout periods announced by the Company.

The purpose behind the blackout period is to help establish a diligent effort to avoid any improper transactions. Trading in the Company’s securities outside a blackout period should not be considered a “safe harbor,” and all directors, officers and employees of the Company and other persons subject to this policy should use good judgment at all times. Even outside a blackout period, any person possessing material nonpublic information concerning the Company should not engage in any transactions in the Company’s securities until such information has been known publicly for at least two trading days after the date of announcement. Although the Company may from time to time impose “special” blackout periods, because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public, each person is individually responsible at all times for compliance with the prohibitions against insider trading.

Transactions effected pursuant to a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 implemented in accordance with this Policy are not subject to blackout periods.

As used in this policy, the term “trading day” shall mean a day on which The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or the primary quotation system or national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then traded or listed is open for trading. As used in this policy, the term “business day” shall mean a day on which the SEC’s EDGAR system will receive and accept filings.

6. Restrictions on the Window Group. The Window Group consists of (i) directors and executive officers of the Company and their assistants and individuals with whom they share a household, (ii) the subset of employees in the financial reporting or business development group and (iii) such other persons as may be designated from time to time and informed of such status by an executive officer of the Company (a “Designated Officer”). The Window Group is subject to the following restrictions on trading in Company securities:

●	trading is permitted from the start of the third trading<br>day following an earnings release with respect to the preceding fiscal period until the first calendar day of the last month of the then<br>current fiscal quarter (the “Window”), subject to the restrictions below;

●	all trades are subject to prior review and approval;
●	pre-clearance for all trades must be obtained from a Designated Officer;
---	---
●	no trading is permitted outside the Window except for reasons of exceptional personal hardship and subject to prior review by the<br>Chief Executive Officer and a Designated Officer; provided that, if one of these individuals wishes to trade outside the Window, it shall<br>be subject to prior review by the other; and
---	---
●	individuals in the Window Group are also subject to the general restrictions on all employees.
---	---

Note that at times the Chief Executive Officer or a Designated Officer may determine that no trades may occur even during the Window when clearance is requested. No reasons may be provided and the closing of the Window itself may constitute material inside information that should not be communicated.

The foregoing Window Group restrictions do not apply to transactions pursuant to written plans for trading securities that comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Plans”). However, Window Group members may not enter into, amend or terminate a 10b5-1 Plan relating to Company securities without the prior approval of a Designated Officer, which will only be given during a Window period.

I.	Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans.

SEC Rule 10b5-1 provides an affirmative defense from insider trading liability under the federal securities laws for trading plans that meet certain requirements. It does not prevent someone from bringing a lawsuit. This policy permits individuals to adopt SEC Rule 10b5-1 trading plans with brokers that outline a pre-set plan for transacting in the Company’s securities, including the exercise of equity awards.

As required by SEC Rule 10b5-1, a director, officer or other employee of the Company may implement, amend or terminate a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 only when the individual is not in possession of material nonpublic information and provided that such individual and trading plan comply with the provisions under Appendix I hereto. Any director, officer or other employee of the Company who wishes to implement a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 must first pre-clear the plan with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at least four (4) days prior to the entry into the plan, and must also pre-clear any amendment to such plan and any termination of a plan in advance of its expiration date, with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Except as set forth above, no further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 will be required. The terms of any trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 adopted by an officer or director of the Company must be publicly disclosed by the Company in accordance with Item 408 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

Establishing a trading plan under SEC Rule 10b5-1 does not exempt transactions from the short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

J.	Applicability of U.S. Securities Laws to International<br>Transactions.

All employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to the restrictions on trading in Company securities and the securities of other companies. The U.S. securities laws may be applicable to the securities of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, even if they are located outside the U.S. Transactions involving securities of subsidiaries or affiliates should be carefully reviewed by counsel for compliance not only with local law but also for possible application of U.S. securities laws.

III.	OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A.	Public Resales – Rule 144.
---	---

The U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) requires every person who offers or sells a security to register such transaction with the SEC unless an exemption from registration is available. Rule 144 under the Securities Act is the exemption typically relied upon for (i) public resales by any person of “restricted securities” (i.e., unregistered securities acquired in a private offering or sale) and (ii) public resales by directors, officers and other control persons of a company (known as “affiliates”) of any of the Company’s securities, whether restricted or unrestricted.

The exemption in Rule 144 may only be relied upon if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary based upon whether the Company has been subject to the SEC’s reporting requirements for 90 days (and is therefore a “reporting company” for purposes of the rule) and whether the person seeking to sell the securities is an affiliate or not. Application of the rule is complex and Company employees and directors should not make a sale of Company securities in reliance on Rule 144 without obtaining the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, who may require the employee or director to obtain an outside legal opinion satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer concluding that the proposed sale qualifies for the Rule 144 exemption.

1. Holding Period. Restricted securities issued by a reporting company (i.e., a company that has been subject to the SEC’s reporting requirements for at least 90 days) must be held and fully paid for a period of six months prior to their sale. Restricted securities issued by a non-reporting company are subject to a one-year holding period. The holding period requirement does not apply to securities held by affiliates that were acquired either in the open market or in a public offering of securities registered under the Securities Act. Generally, if the seller acquired the securities from someone other than the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the holding period of the person from whom the seller acquired such securities can be “tacked” to the seller’s holding period in determining if the holding period has been satisfied.

2. Current Public Information. Current information about the Company must be publicly available before the sale can be made. The Company’s periodic reports filed with the SEC ordinarily satisfy this requirement. If the seller is not an affiliate of the Company issuing the securities (and has not been an affiliate for at least three months) and one year has passed since the securities were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer (whichever is later), the seller can sell the securities without regard to the current public information requirement.

Rule 144 also imposes the following additional conditions on sales by persons who are “affiliates.” A person or entity is considered an “affiliate,” and therefore subject to these additional conditions, if it is currently an affiliate or has been an affiliate within the previous three months.

3. Volume Limitations. The amount of debt securities which can be sold by an affiliate during any three-month period cannot exceed 10% of a tranche (or class when the securities are non-participatory preferred shares), together with all sales of securities of the same tranche sold for the account of the affiliate. The amount of equity securities that can be sold by an affiliate during any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the outstanding shares of the class or (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume for shares of the class during the four calendar weeks preceding the time the order to sell is received by the broker or executed directly with a market maker.

4. Manner of Sale. Equity securities held by affiliates must be sold in unsolicited brokers’ transactions, directly to a market-maker or in riskless principal transactions.

5. Notice of Sale. An affiliate seller must file a notice of the proposed sale with the SEC at the time the order to sell is placed with the broker, unless the amount to be sold neither exceeds 5,000 shares nor involves sale proceeds greater than $50,000. See “Filing Requirements.”

Bona fide gifts are not deemed to involve sales of shares for purposes of Rule 144, so they can be made at any time without limitation on the amount of the gift. Donees who receive restricted securities from an affiliate generally will be subject to the same restrictions under Rule 144 that would have applied to the donor, depending on the circumstances.

B.	Private Resales.

Directors and officers also may sell securities in a private transaction without registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(7) of the Securities Act, which allows resales of shares of reporting companies to accredited investors, provided that the sale is not solicited by any form of general solicitation or advertising. There are a number of additional requirements, including that the seller and persons participating in the sale on a remunerated basis are not “bad actors” under Rule 506(d)(1) of Regulation D or otherwise subject to certain statutory disqualifications; the Company is engaged in a business and not in bankruptcy; and the securities offered have been outstanding for at least 90 days and are not part of an unsold underwriter’s allotment. Private resales must be reviewed in advance by a Designated Officer and may require the participation of outside counsel.

C.	Underwriter Lock-Up Agreements.

Our sponsor, International SPAC Management Group I LLC and officers and directors of the Company have agreed to additional limitations, with respect to 90% of the Class B ordinary shares they hold, on their ability to transfer, pledge or convey any of the economic consequences of ownership of:

i.	any Company securities prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period commencing on the effective date of the underwriting<br>agreement, or
ii.	any founder shares until the earlier of (A) six months after the completion of an initial business combination or (B) subsequent<br>to the initial business combination, (x) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar<br>transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash,<br>securities or other property, or (y) the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per<br>share (as adjusted for share splits, dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading<br>day period commencing at least 150 days after the Company’s initial business combination, the founder shares shall be<br>automatically released from the aforementioned lock-up.
---	---
D.	Restrictions on Purchases of Company Securities.
---	---

In order to prevent market manipulation, the SEC adopted Regulation M under the U.S. Exchange Act. Regulation M generally restricts the Company or any of its affiliates from buying Company shares, including as part of a share buyback program, in the open market during certain periods while a distribution, such as a public offering, is taking place. You should consult with a Designated Officer if you desire to make purchases of Company shares during any period that the Company is making conducting an offering or buying shares from the public. Similar considerations may apply during periods when the Company is conducting or has announced a tender offer.

E.	Disgorgement of Profits on Short-Swing Transactions –<br>Section 16(b).

Section 16 of the 1934 Act applies to directors and officers of the Company and to any person owning more than ten percent of any registered class of the Company’s equity securities. The section is intended to deter such persons (collectively referred to below as “insiders”) from misusing confidential information about their companies for personal trading gain. Section 16(a) requires insiders to publicly disclose any changes in their beneficial ownership of the Company’s equity securities (see “Filing Requirements,” below). Section 16(b) requires insiders to disgorge to the Company any “profit” resulting from “short-swing” trades, as discussed more fully below. Section 16(c) effectively prohibits insiders from engaging in short sales (see “Prohibition of Short Sales,” below).

Under Section 16(b), any profit realized by an insider on a “short-swing” transaction (i.e., a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the Company’s equity securities within a period of less than six months) must be disgorged to the Company upon demand by the Company or a shareholder acting on its behalf. By law, the Company cannot waive or release any claim it may have under Section 16(b) or enter into an enforceable agreement to provide indemnification for amounts recovered under the section.

Liability under Section 16(b) is imposed in a mechanical fashion without regard to whether the insider intended to violate the section. Good faith, therefore, is not a defense. All that is necessary for a successful claim is to show that the insider realized “profits” on a short-swing transaction; however, profit, for this purpose, is calculated as the difference between the sale price and the purchase price in the matching transactions and may be unrelated to the actual gain on the shares sold. When computing recoverable profits on multiple purchases and sales within a six-month period, the courts maximize the recovery by matching the lowest purchase price with the highest sale price, the next lowest purchase price with the next highest sale price, and so on. The use of this method makes it possible for an insider to sustain a net loss on a series of transactions while having recoverable profits.

The terms “purchase” and “sale” are construed under Section 16(b) to cover a broad range of transactions, including acquisitions and dispositions in tender offers and certain corporate reorganizations. Moreover, purchases and sales by an insider may be matched with transactions by any person (such as certain family members) whose securities are deemed to be beneficially owned by the insider.

The Section 16 rules are complicated and present ample opportunity for inadvertent error. To avoid unnecessary costs and potential embarrassment for insiders and the Company, officers and directors are strongly urged to consult with a Designated Officer prior to engaging in any transaction or other transfer of Company equity securities regarding the potential applicability of Section 16(b).

Because insiders regularly possess material nonpublic information about the Company, and in light of the reporting requirements to which insiders are subject under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, insiders are subject to additional restrictions, including, but not limited to, pre-clearance of trades, set forth in Appendix II hereto.

F.	Prohibition of Short Sales.

Under Section 16(c), insiders are prohibited from effecting “short sales” of the Company’s equity securities, including a “sale against the box.”. A “short sale” is one involving securities that the seller does not own at the time of sale, or, if owned, are not delivered within 20 days after the sale or deposited in the mail or other usual channels of transportation within five days after the sale. Wholly apart from Section 16(c), the Company prohibits directors and employees from selling the Company’s securities short. This type of activity is inherently speculative in nature and is contrary to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

G.	Filing Requirements.

1. Form 3, 4 and 5. Under Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act, insiders must file with the SEC public reports disclosing their holdings of and transactions involving, the Company’s equity securities. An initial report on Form 3 must be filed by every insider within 10 days after election or appointment disclosing all equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by the reporting person on the date he became an insider. Even if no securities were owned on that date, the insider must file a report. Any subsequent change in the nature or amount of beneficial ownership by the insider must be reported on Form 4, including any bona fide gifts of equity securities, and filed by the end of the second business day following the date of the transaction. Certain exempt transactions may be reported on Form 5 within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year. The fact that an insider’s transactions during the month resulted in no net change, or the fact that no securities were owned after the transactions were completed, does not provide a basis for failing to report.

All changes in the amount or the form (i.e., direct or indirect) of beneficial ownership (not just purchases and sales) must be reported. Thus, transactions such as gifts ordinarily are reportable. Moreover, an officer or director who has ceased to be an officer or director must report any transactions after termination which occurred within six months of a transaction that occurred while the person was an insider.

The reports under Section 16(a) are intended to cover all securities beneficially owned either directly by the insider or indirectly through others. An insider is considered the direct owner of all Company equity securities held in his or her own name or held jointly with others. An insider is considered the indirect owner of any securities from which he or she obtains benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. Thus, equity securities of the Company beneficially owned through partnerships, corporations, trusts, estates and by family members generally are subject to reporting. Absent countervailing facts, an insider is presumed to be the beneficial owner of securities held by his or her spouse and other family members sharing the same household. But an insider is free to disclaim beneficial ownership of these or any other securities being reported if the insider believes there is a reasonable basis for doing so.

It is important that reports under Section 16(a) be prepared properly and filed on a timely basis. The reports must be received at the SEC by the filing deadline. There is no provision for an extension of the filing deadlines, and the SEC can take enforcement action against insiders who do not comply fully with the filing requirements. In addition, the Company is required to disclose in its annual proxy statement the names of insiders who failed to file Section 16(a) reports properly during the fiscal year, along with the particulars of such instances of noncompliance. Accordingly, all directors and officers must notify a Designated Officer prior to any transactions or changes in their or their family members’ beneficial ownership involving Company shares and are strongly encouraged to avail themselves of the assistance available from a Designated Officer’s office or the Company’s counsel in satisfying the reporting requirements.

2. Schedule 13D and 13G. Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act requires the filing of a statement on Schedule 13D (or on Schedule 13G, in certain limited circumstances) by any person or group which acquires beneficial ownership of more than five percent of a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act. The threshold for reporting is met if the shares owned, when coupled with the number of shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days, exceeds the five percent limit.

A report on Schedule 13D is required to be filed with the SEC and submitted to the Company within ten days after the reporting threshold is reached. If a material change occurs in the facts set forth in the Schedule 13D, such as an increase or decrease of one percent or more in the percentage of shares beneficially owned, an amendment disclosing the change must be filed promptly. A decrease in beneficial ownership to less than five percent is per se material and must be reported.

A person is deemed the beneficial owner of securities for purposes of Section 13(d) or 13G if such person has or shares voting power (i.e., the power to vote or direct the voting of the securities) or dispositive power (i.e., the power to sell or direct the sale of the securities). As is true under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person filing a Schedule 13D may disclaim beneficial ownership of any securities attributed to him or her if he or she believes there is a reasonable basis for doing so.

3. Form 144. As described above under the discussion of Rule 144, an affiliate seller relying on Rule 144 must file a notice of proposed sale with the SEC at the time the order to sell is placed with the broker unless the amount to be sold during any three-month period neither exceeds 5,000 shares nor involves sale proceeds greater than $50,000.

IV.	MISCELLANEOUS
A.	Violations of Insider Trading Laws or this Policy.
---	---

1. Liability for Insider Trading. The consequences of prohibited insider trading or tipping can be severe. Persons violating insider trading or tipping rules may be subject to an SEC civil investigation, cease-and-desist order or other administrative action, and incur federal and state law penalties and sanctions, including, but not limited to: (1) jail sentences; (2) criminal fines; (3) civil penalties; (4) SEC civil enforcement injunctions; (5) administrative sanctions; and (6) a permanent bar from serving as an officer or director of a public company.

There is no de minimis exception to the rule against insider trading. Use of inside information to gain personal benefit is as illegal with respect to one share of stock as it is with respect to a large number of shares.

2. Any employee, officer or director of the Company who tips (“tippers”) a third party (commonly referred to as a “tippee”) may also be liable for improper transactions by tippees to whom they have tipped material nonpublic information regarding the Company or to whom they have made recommendations or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading in the Company’s securities. Tippers and tippees would be subject to the same penalties and sanctions as described above, and the SEC has imposed large penalties even when the tipper or tippee did not profit from the trading. The SEC and the national securities exchanges use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to assess and uncover insider trading.

3. Control Persons. The Company and/or the supervisors of the person violating the rules, if they fail to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading, may in certain circumstances be subject to major civil or criminal penalties.

4. Company Discipline. Violation of this Policy or federal or state insider trading laws by any director, officer or employee may subject the director to removal proceedings and the officer or employee to disciplinary action by the Company, including termination for cause, and, in appropriate cases, civil legal action or referral for regulatory or criminal prosecution.

B.	Amendments.

The Company may change the terms of this policy, from time to time, and reserves the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this policy and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time. The Company anticipates that modifications to this policy will be necessary from time to time, as the Company’s needs and circumstances evolve and to respond to developments in law and practice, and will take steps to inform all affected persons of any material changes. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors will be responsible for monitoring and recommending any modification to this policy, if necessary or advisable, to the Board of Directors.

APPENDIX I

Rule 10b5-1 Plan Guidelines

Any officer, director or other employee of the Company (a “participant”) adopting a trading plan (the “Plan”) under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and each such Plan must meet the following requirements.

1.	The Plan must be a written plan or binding agreement entered into with a national brokerage firm or other financial professional reasonably<br>acceptable to the Company.
2.	The Plan must clearly state that both the Plan participant and the brokerage firm intend that all transactions will comply with Rule<br>10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 10b5-1”).
---	---
3.	The Plan must include a representation by the participant to the Company at the time of adoption or modification of the Plan that<br>(i) the participant is not aware of any material nonpublic information about the Company or Company securities, and (ii) the participant<br>is adopting the Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act.
---	---
4.	The participant is solely responsible for determining Plan compliance with Rule 10b5-1 and other applicable laws and regulations.<br>Pre-clearance of the Plan by the Company should not be characterized or understood to signify consent, approval or a legal opinion as<br>to the Plan’s effectiveness or the participant’s compliance with Rule 10b5-1. None of the Company, the Company’s<br>Chief Executive Officer or any of the Company’s officers, employees or other representatives shall be deemed, solely by their authorization<br>of a Plan on behalf of the Company, to have assumed any liability or responsibility to the participant or any other party if such Plan<br>fails to comply with Rule 10b5-1.
---	---
5.	The Plan must (i) specify the amount of securities to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities<br>are to be purchased or sold, or (ii) include a written formula or algorithm, or computer program, for determining the amount of securities<br>to be purchased or sold and the price at which and the date on which the securities are to be purchased or sold. In any case, the Plan<br>must prohibit the participant and any other person who possesses material nonpublic information concerning the Company from exercising<br>any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effectuate purchases or sales.
---	---
6.	The Plan must be adopted while the Company is not in a blackout period.
---	---
7.	For Plan participants that are officers and directors, no transaction may take place under the Plan until the later of (a) 90 days<br>after adoption or modification (as specified in Rule 10b5-1) of the Plan, or (b) two business days following the disclosure of the<br>Company’s financial results in a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter (or the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter in<br>the case of a Form 10-K) in which the Plan was adopted or modified (as specified in Rule 10b5-1), in all cases not to exceed 120 days<br>after adoption or modification of the Plan.
---	---

Appendix I-1

8.	For Plan participants other than officers and directors, no transaction may take place under the Plan until 30 days following the<br>adoption or modification (as specified in Rule 10b5-1) of the Plan.
9.	Subject to certain limited exceptions specified in Rule 10b5-1, Plan participants may not have more than one Plan outstanding at the<br>same time.
---	---
10.	The Plan participant may not be at the time of entering into the Plan, and may not during the term of the Plan become, a party to<br>a corresponding or hedging transaction involving Company securities.
---	---
11.	The Plan participant must cooperate with the Company’s decisions regarding public disclosure of the Plan. If the Plan participant<br>is a director or officer, the Plan participant (i) acknowledges that the Company and such director or officer must make certain disclosures<br>in SEC filings concerning the Plan, and (ii) must promptly provide any information requested by the Company regarding the Plan (including<br>any amendment or termination thereof) for the purpose of providing the required disclosures or any other disclosures that the Company<br>deems to be required or appropriate under the circumstances.
---	---
12.	Although modifications to the Plan are not prohibited, the Plan should be adopted with the intention that it will not be amended,<br>modified or terminated prior to its expiration.
---	---
13.	The Plan must provide for multiple transactions (as opposed to a single transaction); provided that Plan participants may,<br>subject to certain limited exceptions specified in Rule 10b5-1, adopt one Plan that provides for a single transaction in any consecutive<br>12-month period.
---	---
14.	The Plan must provide for same-day confirmation (by e-mail) by the financial institution to one or more individuals specified by the<br>Company of each transaction made under the Plan, and of any proposed modification, amendment or termination of the Plan.
---	---
15.	If required with respect to a transaction under the Plan, an SEC Form 144 will be filled out and filed by the participant or the participant’s<br>brokerage firm in accordance with the existing rules regarding Form 144 filings. For directors and officers, Form 4s should be filed timely<br>with respect to transactions under the Plan. A similar footnote should be included in the Form 4 as outlined above.
---	---
16.	The Plan must provide for the suspension of all transactions under such Plan in the event that the Company, in its sole discretion,<br>deems such suspension necessary and advisable, including suspensions necessary to comply with trading restrictions imposed in connection<br>with any lock-up agreement required in connection with a securities issuance transaction or other similar events.
---	---

Appendix I-2

APPENDIX II

Special Restrictions on Transactions in Company Securitiesby Section 16 Insiders

To minimize the risk of apparent or actual violations of the rules governing insider trading, we have adopted these special restrictions relating to transactions in our securities by Section 16 insiders. Section 16 insiders are responsible for ensuring compliance with this Appendix II, including restrictions on all trading during certain periods, by family members and members of their households and by entities over which they exercise voting or investment control. Section 16 insiders should provide each of these persons or entities with a copy of this policy.

Trade Pre-Clearance Required. As part of this policy, all purchases and sales of equity securities of the Company by Section 16 insiders, other than transactions that are not subject to the policy or transactions pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan authorized by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, must be pre-cleared by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This requirement is intended to prevent inadvertent policy violations, avoid trades involving the appearance of improper insider trading, facilitate timely Form 4 reporting by Section 16 insiders and avoid transactions that are subject to disgorgement under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Requests for pre-clearance must be submitted via email to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at least two (2) business days in advance of each proposed transaction. If the Section 16 insider does not receive a response from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer within twenty four (24) hours, the Section 16 insider must follow up to ensure that the message was received. Each Section 16 insider request for pre-clearance should include the nature of the proposed transaction and the expected date of the transaction. In addition, each request by a Section 16 insider for pre-clearance should also include the following information:

i.	Number of shares involved.
ii.	If the transaction involves a stock option exercise, the specific option to be exercised.
---	---
iii.	Contact information for the broker who will execute the transaction.
---	---

Once the proposed transaction is pre-cleared, the Section 16 insider may proceed with it on the approved terms, provided that they comply with all other securities law requirements, such as Rule 144 and prohibitions regarding trading on the basis of inside information, and with any special trading blackout imposed by the Company prior to the completion of the trade.

Neither the Company nor the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (a) will have any liability for any delay in reviewing, or refusal of, a pre-clearance request, or (b) assumes any liability for the legality or consequences of any transaction that is the subject of a pre-clearance request to the party requesting such pre-clearance.

Pre-Clearance of Rule 10b5-1 Plans Required. Pre-clearance is required for the establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan at least four (4) full trading days prior to entry into, modification of or termination of the plan. However, pre-clearance will not be required for individual transactions effected pursuant to a pre-cleared Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. All Section 16 insiders must immediately report the results of transactions effected under a trading plan to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since they will be reportable on Form 4 within two (2) businessdays following the execution of the trade, subject to an extension of not more than two (2) additional business days where the Section 16 insider is not immediately aware of the execution of the trade. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transactions by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, or a delegee of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer under this policy, shall be subject to pre-clearance by the Board of Directors. Pre-clearance of a plan by the Company should not be characterized or understood to signify consent, approval or a legal opinion as to the plan’s effectiveness or the participant’s compliance with Rule 10b5-1.

Appendix II-1

Hardship Exemptions. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize a transaction in the Company securities during a regular, quarterly blackout period (but in no event during a special blackout period) due to financial or other hardship. Any request for a hardship exemption must be in writing and must describe the amount and nature of the proposed transaction and the circumstances of the hardship. The Section 16 insider requesting the hardship exemption must also certify to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer within two (2) business days prior to the date of the proposed trade that they are not in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the Company. The existence of the foregoing procedure does not in any way obligate the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to approve any hardship exemption requested by a Section 16 insider.

Brokers. All Section 16 insiders must ensure that their broker does not execute any transaction for the Section 16 insider (other than under a previously authorized Rule 10b5-1 trading plan) until the broker has verified with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer that the transaction has been pre-cleared.

Reporting of Transactions Required. To facilitate timely reporting under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, Section 16 insiders are required to, on the same day as the trade date, or, with respect to transactions effected pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, on the day the Section 16 insider is advised of the terms of the transaction, (a) report the details of each transaction to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and (b) arrange with persons whose trades must be reported by the Section 16 insider under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (such as immediate family members living in the Section 16 insider’s household) to immediately report directly to the Company and to the Section 16 insider the following transaction details:

iv.	Transaction date (trade date),
v.	Number of shares involved,
---	---
vi.	Price per share at which the transaction was executed (before addition or deduction of brokerage commission and other transaction<br>fees),
---	---
vii.	For stock option exercises, the specific option exercised,
---	---
viii.	Contact information for the broker who executed the transaction, and
---	---
ix.	Specific representation that the Section 16 insider is not in possession of material non-public information.
---	---

The transaction details must be reported to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, with copies to the Company personnel who will assist the Section 16 insider in preparing their Form 4.

Appendix II-2

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, ASADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Eric Swider, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of Renatus Tactical<br>Acquisition Corp I;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to<br>state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not<br>misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
---	---
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,<br>fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for,<br>the periods presented in this report;
---	---
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining<br>disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting<br>(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
---	---
a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to<br>be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,<br>is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
---	---
b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial<br>reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the<br>preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
---	---
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented<br>in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered<br>by this report based on such evaluation; and
---	---
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting<br>that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an<br>annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over<br>financial reporting; and
---	---
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation<br>of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board<br>of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
---	---
a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over<br>financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report<br>financial information; and
---	---
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant<br>role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
---	---
Dated: March 13, 2026	By:	/s/ Eric Swider
---	---	---
	Name:	Eric Swider
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, ASADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ian Rhodes, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of Renatus Tactical<br>Acquisition Corp I;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to<br>state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not<br>misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
---	---
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,<br>fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for,<br>the periods presented in this report;
---	---
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining<br>disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting<br>(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
---	---
a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to<br>be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,<br>is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
---	---
b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial<br>reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the<br>preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
---	---
c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented<br>in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered<br>by this report based on such evaluation; and
---	---
d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting<br>that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an<br>annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over<br>financial reporting; and
---	---
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation<br>of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board<br>of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
---	---
a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over<br>financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report<br>financial information; and
---	---
b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant<br>role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
---	---
Dated: March 13, 2026	By:	/s/ Ian Rhodes
---	---	---
	Name:	Ian Rhodes
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANTTO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Eric Swider, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1.	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act<br>of 1934; and
2.	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition<br>and results of operations of the Company.
---	---
Dated: March 13, 2026	By:	/s/ Eric Swider
---	---	---
	Name:	Eric Swider
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANTTO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ian Rhodes, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1)	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act<br>of 1934; and
(2)	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition<br>and results of operations of the Company.
---	---
Dated: March 13, 2026	By:	/s/ Ian Rhodes
---	---	---
	Name:	Ian Rhodes
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 97.1

Renatustactical Acquisition Corp I

COMPENSATION RECOVERY POLICY

Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), has adopted a Compensation Recovery Policy (this “Policy”) as described below.

1.	Overview

The Policy sets forth the circumstances and procedures under which the Company shall recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation from Covered Persons (as defined below) in accordance with rules issued by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given in Section 3 below.

2.	Compensation Recovery Requirement

Subject to the terms of this Policy and the requirements of Rule 5608, if on or after the Effective Date, the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, the Company will attempt to recover, reasonably promptly from each Covered Person, any Erroneously Awarded Compensation that was Received by such Covered Person during the Recovery Period pursuant to Incentive-Based Compensation that is subject to this Policy.

3.	Definitions
a.	“Applicable Recovery Period”<br> means Subject to the terms of this Policy and the requirements of Rule 5608, if on or after<br> the Effective Date, the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, the Company<br> will attempt to recover, reasonably promptly from each Covered Person, any Erroneously Awarded<br> Compensation that was Received by such Covered Person during the Recovery Period pursuant<br> to Incentive-Based Compensation that is subject to this Policy.
---	---
b.	“Applicable Rules” means any<br> rules or regulations adopted by the Exchange pursuant to Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act<br> and any applicable rules or regulations adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 10D of the<br> Exchange Act.
---	---
c.	“Board” means the Board of<br> Directors of the Company.
---	---
d.	“Committee” means the Compensation<br> Committee of the Board or, in the absence of such committee, a majority of independent directors<br> serving on the Board.
---	---
e.	“Covered Person” means a person<br> who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period for the applicable<br> Incentive-Based Compensation.
---	---
f.	“Effective Date” means May<br> 16, 2025.
---	---
g.	“Erroneously Awarded Compensation”<br> means the amount of any Incentive-Based Compensation received by a Covered Person on or after<br> the Effective Date and during the Applicable Recovery Period that exceeds the amount that<br> otherwise would have been received by the Covered Person had such compensation been determined<br> based on the restated amounts in a Financial Restatement, computed without regard to any<br> taxes paid. Calculation of Erroneously Awarded Compensation with respect to Incentive-Based<br> Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Erroneously<br> Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information<br> in a Financial Restatement, shall be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the<br> Financial Restatement on the share price or total shareholder return upon which the Incentive-Based<br> Compensation was received, and the Company shall maintain documentation of the determination<br> of such reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the Exchange in accordance<br> with the Applicable Rules.
---	---
h.	“Exchange” means the Nasdaq<br> Stock Market LLC.
---	---
i.	An “Executive Officer” means<br> the Company’s officers as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act.
---	---
j.	“Financial Reporting Measures”<br> mean measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles<br> used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, any measures that are derived<br> wholly or in part from such measures (including, for example, a non-GAAP financial measure),<br> and stock price and total shareholder return.
---	---
k.	A “Financial Restatement”<br> means a restatement of previously issued financial statements of the Company due to the material<br> noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities<br> laws, including any required restatement to correct an error in previously-issued financial<br> statements that is material to the previously-issued financial statements or that would result<br> in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected<br> in the current period.
---	---
l.	“Incentive-Based Compensation”<br> means any compensation provided, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries<br> that is granted, earned or vested based, in whole or in part, upon the attainment of a Financial<br> Reporting Measure. Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed to be “Received” in<br> the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified<br> in the applicable Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or<br> grant of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period or is subject<br> to additional time-based vesting requirements.
---	---

4.	Exception to Compensation Recovery Requirement

The Company may elect not to recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation pursuant to this Policy if the Committee determines that recovery would be impracticable, and one or more of the following conditions, together with any further requirements set forth in the Applicable Rules, are met: (i) the direct expense paid to a third party, including outside legal counsel, to assist in enforcing this Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered, and the Company has made a reasonable attempt to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation; (ii) recovery would cause the Company to violate a law of the Cayman Islands that was adopted prior to November 28, 2022, and the Company obtains an opinion of Cayman Islands counsel that recovery would result in violation of such country’s law and provides the option to the Exchange; or (iii) recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan to fail to be so qualified under applicable regulations.

5.	Tax Considerations

To the extent that, pursuant to this Policy, the Company is entitled to recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is received by a Covered Person, the gross amount received (i.e., the amount the Covered Person received, or was entitled to receive, before any deductions for tax withholding or other payments) shall be returned by the Covered Person.

6.	Method of Compensation Recovery

The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the method for recovering Erroneously Awarded Compensation hereunder, which may include, without limitation, any one or more of the following:

a.	requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive-Based<br> Compensation previously paid;
b.	seeking recovery of any gain realized<br> on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer or other disposition of any equity-based<br> awards;
---	---
c.	cancelling or rescinding some or all outstanding<br> vested or unvested equity-based awards;
---	---
d.	adjusting or withholding from unpaid compensation<br> or other set-off;
---	---
e.	cancelling or offsetting against planned<br> future grants of equity-based awards; and/or
---	---
f.	any other method permitted by applicable<br> law or contract.
---	---

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person will be deemed to have satisfied such person’s obligation to return Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company if such Erroneously Awarded Compensation is returned in the exact same form in which it was received; provided that equity withheld to satisfy tax obligations will be deemed to have been received in cash in an amount equal to the tax withholding payment made.

7.	Policy Interpretation

This Policy shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the Applicable Rules and any other applicable law. The Committee shall take into consideration any applicable interpretations and guidance of the SEC in interpreting this Policy, including, for example, in determining whether a financial restatement qualifies as a Financial Restatement hereunder. To the extent the Applicable Rules require recovery of Incentive-Based Compensation in additional circumstances besides those specified above, nothing in this Policy shall be deemed to limit or restrict the right or obligation of the Company to recover Incentive-Based Compensation to the fullest extent required by the Applicable Rules. This Policy shall be deemed to be automatically amended, as of the date the Applicable Rules become effective with respect to the Company, to the extent required for this Policy to comply with the Applicable Rules.

8.	Policy Administration

This Policy shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that the Board shall have exclusive authority to authorize the Company to prepare a Financial Restatement. In doing so, the Board may rely on a recommendation of the Audit Committee of the Board. The Committee shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of this Policy as are consistent with the governing documents of the Company and applicable law. The Committee shall have full power and authority to take, or direct the taking of, all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under this Policy and shall have full power and authority to take, or direct the taking of, all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of this Policy that the Committee deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of this Policy. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of this Policy and all determinations made by the Committee under this policy shall be final, binding and conclusive.

9.	Compensation Recovery Repayments Not Subject to Indemnification

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any agreement with, or the organizational documents of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, Covered Persons are not entitled to indemnification for Erroneously Awarded Compensation or for any losses arising out of or in any way related to Erroneously Awarded Compensation recovered under this Policy.

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 001-42650

Renatus Tactical Acquisition Corp I

1825 Ponce de Leon Blvd, Suite 260

Coral Gables, FL 33134

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 645-201-8586

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING

PART I

ITEM 1. Business.

Market Opportunity and Business Strategy

First-class leadership team fueled by the

Diverse global network drives sourcing of

Proven track record of deploying technology

Demonstrated track-record of attracting

Extensive experience of disciplined M&A.

Competitive Strengths

Business Combination Criteria

Large addressable market underpinning long-term

Business with significant revenue and earnings

Management team with a focus on generating

Distinct business strengths driving competitive

Scalable operations.

Uncorrelated returns with minimal cyclicality

Reputable management team with well-defined

Initial Business Combination

Facilities

Employees

Competition

Emerging Growth Company

Item 1A. Risk

Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability

Our public shareholders may not be afforded

If

Your only opportunity to affect the investment

We do not have a minimum net tangible asset requirement.

The ability of our public shareholders to

The ability of our public shareholders to

The ability of our public shareholders to

The requirement that we complete our initial

We may not be able to complete our initial

Our search for an initial business combination,

Military or other conflicts in Ukraine,

Recent increases in inflation in the United

Changes in the market for directors and

If

We may not be able to complete an initial

Because of our limited resources and the

As the number of SPACs evaluating targets

If

If the net proceeds of the initial public

Our Working Capital Convertible Note exposes

Subsequent to our completion of our initial

The securities in which we invest the funds

If, after we distribute the proceeds in

If, before distributing the proceeds in

Adverse developments affecting the financial

If we are deemed to be an investment company

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will

Because we are not limited to a particular

We may seek business combination opportunities

We may seek business combination opportunities

Although we have identified general criteria

We may seek acquisition opportunities with

We are not required to obtain an opinion

Resources could be wasted in researching

We may have limited ability to assess the

We may issue notes or other debt securities,

We

We may attempt to simultaneously complete